# Billing address
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/account-management/billing-address
Add billing address and other information into your receipt by updating the Billing Address section in your account profile.
Add your billing address and other information so it appears on your receipt.
Log in to your AhaSlides account.
Go to **My Profile**, or use [this link](https://presenter.ahaslides.com/apps/user-profile) directly.
Fill in the **Billing Address** section with your details.
Click **Update profile**.
Update your billing details **before** making a purchase — existing invoices cannot be amended after payment is processed. See [Billing information and Invoice/Receipt](/after-purchase/billing-information-and-invoicereceipt) for more on invoices and billing.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Change or reset your password
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/account-management/change-or-reset-your-password
Change your password for security reasons, or reset it if you forget it, from My Profile or the password reset page.
You can change or reset your password for security reasons, or reset it if you forget it.
Click your **profile icon** in the top-right corner, then select **My Profile**.
Scroll down to **Change password**.
Type your **Current Password** and **New password**.
Click **Update password**.
That's it. You've successfully updated your password!
Go to [presenter.ahaslides.com/pages/forgot-password](https://presenter.ahaslides.com/pages/forgot-password).
Type in your email address using **only lowercase letters**. Capital letters might prevent the system from recognizing your address.
Click **Reset Password**.
Follow the instructions sent to your email to reset your password.
### Didn't receive the password reset email?
If the reset email hasn't shown up after a few minutes, try the following before requesting another one:
1. **Check your spam/junk folder** — the reset email is sometimes filtered there, especially on corporate or school email accounts.
2. **Confirm you typed the right email, all in lowercase** — an email with capital letters, a typo, or the wrong address (e.g. a work alias instead of your sign-up email) won't match your account.
3. **Wait a few minutes and check again** — delivery is occasionally delayed rather than lost.
4. **Search your inbox for "AhaSlides"** rather than scrolling, in case it landed in a different folder or tab.
If you've tried all of the above and still haven't received the email, email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com) so an agent can verify your account's email and resend the reset link.
**Signed up with Google or Microsoft?** Your account starts without an AhaSlides password, but you can set one yourself — you don't need to contact support. Open your account settings the same way as in the **Change Password** steps above, go to the **Password** section, type a new password and save. You won't be asked for a current password, because there isn't one yet. After that you can sign in either with your email and your new password, or with the Google or Microsoft button as before.
**Enterprise single sign-on (SSO) accounts are the exception.** If your organisation signs you in through SSO, the reset page will tell you to use the Single Sign-On option instead — password recovery is deliberately disabled for those accounts. Ask whoever administers your organisation's SSO for help signing in.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Change your email address on AhaSlides
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/account-management/change-your-email-address-on-ahaslides
Change the email address linked to your AhaSlides account from My Profile in a few quick steps.
Find out how you can change the email address linked to your AhaSlides account.
## Change Your Email Address
Log in to your AhaSlides account and go to **My Profile**.
Scroll down to **Change email** and click **Edit**.
Enter your new email address and confirm your current password.
Click **Update email**.
Your account email will be updated immediately, and you'll use the new address the next time you log in.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Deleting your AhaSlides Account
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/account-management/deleting-your-ahaslides-account
How to permanently delete your AhaSlides account, and what happens to your subscription, presentations, and response data.
You can delete your AhaSlides account at any time. If you change your mind, you might not be able to recover it.
## What Deleting Your Account Means
Account deletion is **permanent and cannot be undone**.
* Your current AhaSlides subscription will end immediately.
* Your presentations will be permanently removed and cannot be recovered.
* All the response data you have collected will be lost.
If you don't wish to delete your account entirely, consider changing your name, email address, or email preferences instead.
## Delete Your Account
Go to the [My Profile page](https://presenter.ahaslides.com/apps/user-profile) and choose **Account deletion**.
Click **Delete this account**, then click **Continue deletion**.
Choose a reason for account deletion and confirm by typing the email address connected to your account.
Click **Delete account**.
If you delete your account by mistake, email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com) immediately. Recovery may be possible if you act quickly, but it is not guaranteed once deletion is confirmed.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Log out of all other devices
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/account-management/how-to-log-out-of-ahaslides-from-all-other-devices-and-browsers
The Log out everywhere function on AhaSlides will log you out from all other devices and browsers.
The **Log out everywhere** function on AhaSlides will log you out from all other devices and browsers.
While in your AhaSlides account, go to [My profile](https://presenter.ahaslides.com/apps/user-profile).
Choose **Log out everywhere else**.
Press **Log out** — this will log you out from all other devices and browsers.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Unsubscribe from emails & newsletters
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/account-management/how-to-unsubscribe-from-emails-and-newsletters
Unsubscribe from AhaSlides marketing emails at any time by turning off the email types you don't want under Email preferences in My Profile.
If you no longer wish to receive emails from AhaSlides, you can unsubscribe from our mailing list at any time.
## Unsubscribe from Marketing Emails
To stop receiving marketing emails, change your email preferences directly in your account:
Log in and open **My Profile** from your account menu.
Scroll to the **Email preferences** section.
Each email type has its own toggle — **Feature updates and protips**, **General useful content**, and **Special deals and promotions**. Switch off the ones you no longer want to receive.
Click **Save changes**, and you're all set!
You can return to **Email preferences** and switch any email type back on whenever you like.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Sharing your AhaSlides account
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/account-management/sharing-your-ahaslides-account
Each AhaSlides account is personal — sharing it with other users violates the Terms of Use and can cause unexpected bugs or accidental data loss.
Each AhaSlides account is personal, which means you should not share your account with other users.
Sharing an account is not supported since it's a violation of our [Terms of Use](https://ahaslides.com/terms/), and unexpected bugs might occur. Sharing an account can also cause response data to be overwritten or permanently lost.
The presenter needs a personal account for security reasons — results might be accidentally wiped out if another presenter logs in and changes the questions after any previous sessions conducted with the same presentation.
Use team workspaces and collaborative editing features to work with others instead.
Are you looking to collaborate with other presenters? Check out [How to Collaborate on Presentations](/features-and-functions/how-to-collaborate-on-presentations-and-folders).
[Sign up here](https://presenter.ahaslides.com/pages/register) — it's free!
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Billing Information and Invoice/Receipt
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/after-purchase/billing-information-and-invoicereceipt
Access and download invoices and receipts directly from AhaSlides. Update your billing details before paying so invoice information is correct.
At AhaSlides, we make it convenient for customers to access and download invoices and receipts directly from our website.
To receive your invoices with the correct information, please **update your billing details before making the payment.** Changes you make will only show up on new invoices. Old invoices will still retain the information when they were created.
Our company is a **non-GST registered** company - we don't collect any tax from our customers. Therefore, **we don't have tax invoices**.
## Change billing information
Log in to your AhaSlides account. Click on your profile image and select **Billing**.
Or go to the [My Plan](https://presenter.ahaslides.com/apps/user-plan) page, then click the **Manage** button.
On the billing page, update your information:
* Scroll down to the **'Billing information'** section, then click on **Update Information**.
* Fill in the required billing details, then scroll down and click **Save** to confirm the changes.
## Download invoice or receipt with billing information
Once you've updated your billing information, you can effortlessly download your invoices or receipts:
Navigate to your **Invoice History** and click on the specific invoice you want to download.
You'll be redirected to a page where you can choose to download either your invoice or receipt.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Cancelling Your AhaSlides Subscription
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/after-purchase/cancelling-your-ahaslides-subscription
Turn off auto-renewal on your AhaSlides subscription. Monthly plans renew after 1 month, and Yearly plans renew after 1 year.
Find out how to turn off the auto-renewal of your subscription.
## How to cancel (turn off the auto-renewal of) your subscription
Monthly plans will **renew automatically after 1 month**, and Yearly plans will **renew automatically after 1 year**. We will send you a **reminder email 2 weeks before your subscription is renewed**.
You can **turn off auto-renewal anytime** on AhaSlides, by using:
### 1. The 'Cancel subscription' button on the [My Plan](https://presenter.ahaslides.com/apps/user-plan) page
If this option doesn't work, please try the second option below.
After clicking the button, select **Continue to cancel** to turn off auto-renewal. You'll keep full access to all paid features until the end of the period you've already paid for.
### 2. The 'Manage' button on the My Plan page
If the button above isn't showing, cancel through the billing portal instead. On the [My Plan](https://presenter.ahaslides.com/apps/user-plan) page, under the **Billing** section, click **Manage** to open the secure Stripe billing portal, then follow the prompt to cancel your subscription. This turns off auto-renewal in the same way — you'll keep full access to all paid features until the end of the period you've already paid for.
## What happens to my presentations when my account is downgraded?
All of the existing presentations and results will remain in your account if you cancel your subscription. You will still have access to the free account features but will no longer have access to the paid features.
## Frequently Asked Questions
There's no pause/freeze option. To stop paying without losing anything, **cancel** (turn off auto-renewal): you keep full paid access until the current period ends, and then the account automatically drops to the Free plan.
On the Free plan, you can still view your existing presentations and reports, and keep editing and presenting — but a presentation with more than 5 Quiz and 3 Unscored slides can only be run live with up to 3 participants (enough to test, not to run the full event). Nothing is deleted; resubscribe anytime to unlock full paid-plan participant limits again.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# How to Change/Update Your Subscription/Plan
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/after-purchase/how-to-change-your-subscription
Manage your AhaSlides subscription from the Billing section. Upgrade, downgrade, or adjust licenses; downgrades convert to a credit balance.
Managing your AhaSlides subscription is straightforward. Whether you're looking to upgrade for more features or downgrade to a different tier, you can make these changes directly from your account in just a few steps.
## Upgrading or downgrading your plan
Log in to your AhaSlides account and open the **Billing** section. You can get there in two ways:
* Click on your profile image and select **Billing**, or
* Click the **Manage** button under the **Billing** section on the **My Plan** page.
Click **Update subscription**.
Click **Select** next to the plan you want to switch to, adjust the quantity of licenses (if you want to buy more for your [team plan](/payment/purchasing-multiple-licenses-for-ahaslides-team-plan-subscription) or reduce the number of members), then click **Continue**.
Select **Confirm** to confirm your updates.
## What happens when you downgrade
If you are downgrading, **the excess amount will be converted to a credit balance** that can be used for your **next renewal or future purchases/upgrades**.
For example, a user downgrading from a Pro Yearly plan to an Essential Yearly plan would see the difference returned as a credit balance on their account, ready to apply to a future charge.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Refund Policy
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/after-purchase/refund-policy
Cancel within 14 days of subscribing and you haven't used AhaSlides at a live event? You'll receive a full refund within 5-10 business days.
Find out if you are eligible for a refund during our 14-day refund period.
If you wish to cancel **within fourteen (14) days** from the day you subscribed, and you **have not successfully used AhaSlides at a live event**, you will receive a full refund.
In order to request a refund, please reach out to us at [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com). We will take action to send you the refund immediately **if you meet the above mentioned criteria** and you will receive the amount in your bank account within **5-10 business days, depending on your bank**.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Export data to Excel
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/after-the-presentation/export-data-to-excel
After your presentation, export all response data to a single Excel file so you can analyse which answers each participant selected or submitted.
After your presentation, you can export response data to Excel for analysis, letting you track which answers each participant selected or submitted. This gives you valuable insight into your audience and helps you improve future presentations.
Looking to export **images** of your slides with the responses they received — as a PDF or JPGs — instead? See [Export slides to PDF/Images](/after-the-presentation/export-slides-to-pdf-images).
The **Export data to Excel** feature is available on the **Edu Small, Edu Medium, Edu Large, Essential, Pro, and Enterprise** plans.
You can export your questions and the responses they received into a single Excel file. The file contains several sheets covering your presentation and your audience's responses:
1. **Slides** — The question on each slide, plus the dates each slide was created and last modified.
2. **Question options** — The multiple-choice answer options for any Poll slide or Pick Answer quiz slide.
3. **Participants** — The IDs, names, organisations and emails of your participants, if they entered them during your presentation. This information can be gathered on certain slide types (such as an Open-Ended slide with additional fields set up) or by [collecting your audience's information](/features-and-functions/collecting-audience-information) when they join.
4. **Quiz Answers** — The responses participants gave to quiz slides (Pick Answer, Short Answer, Match Pairs, Correct Order and Categorise), along with the date and time they submitted them, the time they spent, and the scores they received.
5. **Opinion Answers** — The responses participants gave to opinion slides (Poll, Open-Ended, Word Cloud, Rating Scale, Brainstorm and [2×2 Matrix](/using-slide-types/using-the-2x2-matrix-slide)), along with the date and time they submitted them.
6. **Reactions** — The emoji reactions your participants submitted during the event.
7. **Q\&A** — Any questions submitted to you on a Q\&A slide, how many upvotes they received, and whether they were marked as answered.
8. **Private feedback** — Each participant's rating of your presentation (out of 5) and any private comments they left for you.
9. **Individual leaderboard** — The final standings of your participants in the presentation's quiz, if you held one.
10. **Team Leaderboard** — The final standings of your participants' teams in the presentation's quiz, if you held one.
Want to see the format before you export? [Open a sample exported file](https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1-gujKhykkC7VCZIz_QLDDxi8j5ZWzMcdF23lbnd5EBk/edit?usp=sharing) filled with example data to see how these sheets are laid out.
## How to export your data to Excel
The export file becomes available around **5 minutes** after you open the Report page.
Open the [Presentation Report](/after-the-presentation/your-ahaslides-presentation-report), click **Export**, and select **Excel**. Your download will start automatically once the file has been prepared.
## Export a single session
If your presentation has more than one session, you can export just one of them instead of the whole report:
1. Open the [Presentation Report](/after-the-presentation/your-ahaslides-presentation-report#viewing-the-report-of-each-session) and click the **Session list** box next to the presentation owner's name.
2. Select the session you want to export.
3. Click **Export** and choose **Excel**. The file will contain only that session's data.
To export everything again, reopen the **Session list** and choose **All sessions** before you export.
A new session is recorded automatically each time anyone [resets the presentation's results](/after-the-presentation/resetting-the-results), so your earlier sessions stay available to export on their own.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Export slides to PDF/Images
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/after-the-presentation/export-slides-to-pdf-images
After your presentation, export still images of all your slides, complete with the responses they received, as a PDF or a ZIP of JPG images.
After your presentation, you can export still images of all your slides, complete with the responses they received from your audience. You can export these images as either a PDF or as JPGs.
Looking to export the response **data** instead — a spreadsheet of which answers each participant selected or submitted? See [Export data to Excel](/after-the-presentation/export-data-to-excel).
The Export to PDF/JPG feature is only available to paid plan users.
When you export a **PDF**, you can choose whether to include your private [speaker notes](/features-and-functions/adding-notes-to-your-presentation). If your slides contain speaker notes, the download dialog shows an **Include speaker notes** checkbox, ticked by default — leave it ticked to add your notes to the PDF as annotations, or untick it to export your slide content and audience responses only. This option applies to PDF exports only; a JPG (image) export never includes speaker notes.
A PDF export produces a single document with one page per slide. A JPG export produces a downloadable ZIP folder containing one JPG image for each of your slides.
## How to export your slide images
There are three places you can export your slides from:
**1. From the Share menu.** Click the **Share** button in the presentation editor, or right-click the presentation on the **My Presentations** page and choose **Share**. In the **Share** menu, open **Download**, then choose **Export as PDF** or **Export as images**.
**2. From the menu next to the presentation name.** Click the caret (˅) beside the presentation's name in the editor, open **Download**, then choose **Export as PDF** or **Export as images**.
**3. From the Presentation Report.** Click **View Presentation Report** in the presentation editor, or click the **Report** button for the presentation on the **My Presentations** page, to open the [Presentation Report](/after-the-presentation/your-ahaslides-presentation-report). From there, click **Export** and select **PDF** or **Images**.
You will then be able to choose which version to download:
* **Previous version** — your last generated version.
* **Download latest version** — a freshly generated version.
Your download will begin automatically once the file is ready.
## Can I export to PowerPoint?
AhaSlides does not currently offer a direct export to PowerPoint (PPT or PPTX). The slide export produces a **PDF** or a **ZIP of JPG images** only, as described above.
If you need your slides elsewhere, you have two options:
* **A visual copy of your slides** — export to PDF or Images above, then insert those files into your PowerPoint deck.
* **Your response data** — export the results as a spreadsheet instead. See [Export data to Excel](/after-the-presentation/export-data-to-excel).
Going the other way — bringing an existing PowerPoint deck *into* AhaSlides — is supported. See [Importing a PowerPoint presentation or PDF file](/features-and-functions/importing-a-powerpoint-presentation-or-pdf-file).
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Getting Feedback on your Presentation
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/after-the-presentation/getting-feedback-on-your-presentation
At the end of your presentation, let your audience leave a star rating and written comments, then review it all in your Presentation Report.
At the end of your presentation, you can allow your audience to leave feedback in the form of a rating and written comments.
## Allowing presentation feedback
To let your participants give feedback at the end of your presentation, go to **Settings > Other settings > Allow audience feedback**.
On the last slide of your presentation, click the tab labelled **Get Feedback** on the right side of the slide. In the feedback side panel that opens, click the **Get Feedback** button to let each participant give feedback from their mobile device.
## The audience interface
When giving feedback from their mobile devices, your audience can do two things:
1. Rate your presentation between 1 and 5 stars.
2. Leave written feedback about your presentation.
## Where to find your presentation feedback
You can see all collected feedback in your [Presentation Report](/after-the-presentation/your-ahaslides-presentation-report). To access it, click the **View presentation report** button in the top-right toolbar, then click the **Feedback** button to see your presentation feedback.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# How to Recover a Deleted Presentation
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/after-the-presentation/how-to-recover-a-deleted-presentation
Accidentally deleted a presentation? Restore it in a few clicks from the Trash folder in your AhaSlides account.
Accidentally deleted a presentation? Don't worry — you can recover it by following these steps.
Log in to your AhaSlides account, then open the left-side menu and select **Trash**.
The Trash folder lists all the presentations you've recently deleted. Scroll through the list to locate the one you want to recover.
Click the **Restore** button next to it. Your presentation is moved back to your main list of presentations, where you can edit or present it as usual.
The **Trash** folder holds deleted presentations. Surveys built with the [Surveys tool](/using-slide-types/using-the-surveys-tool) are a separate item type and are not listed there, so a deleted survey can't be restored from Trash.
Now you're all set — your presentation is back and ready to go.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Publish a presentation as a template
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/after-the-presentation/publishing-presentation-template-library
Publish your own presentations to the AhaSlides Template Library for other users to copy, and learn how to download templates published by others.
You can publish your own presentations for public use in the [Template Library](/getting-started/ahaslides-template-library). You can also browse the Template Library to download presentations that other users have published.
When you publish a presentation to the Template Library:
* Any user can get a copy of it, along with your notes. Your notes can be a helpful guide for others on how to use the slides.
* Your name appears as the creator of the published presentation in the Template Library.
* Any response data in your published presentation is shown in the Template Library. However, when someone downloads the presentation as a template, the audience response data does not copy across.
## Option 1: On the editor
1. While editing your presentation, go to the **Share** menu.
2. Under **Publish to Template Library**, press the **Publish** button.
## Option 2: In the Templates tab
1. Click the **Templates** tab in the left sidebar and press **Publish your own**.
2. Choose the presentation(s) you want to publish and press **Publish**.
## Unpublishing a presentation from the Template Library
To remove your published presentation from the Template Library, head to the editor of that presentation, click **Share**, open the **Publish** section, and click **Unpublish**.
Unpublishing your presentation from the Template Library does not affect any copies that other users already downloaded from it.
## Downloading other users' presentations from the Template Library
1. Open the Templates section, then use the search bar to search for a template.
2. Browse the templates and press the **Get Template** button.
3. The presentation is copied to your account *with* the presenter notes but *without* the audience response data.
With everyone's contributions, the Template Library keeps growing — check back regularly for new presentations published by fellow users.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Refer your friends to AhaSlides
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/after-the-presentation/refer-your-friends-to-ahaslides
Earn rewards by inviting friends to AhaSlides — when someone signs up with your referral link and subscribes, you earn a reward and they get a discount.
The **AhaSlides Referral Program** lets existing users earn rewards by inviting friends, colleagues, or teammates to try AhaSlides.
From **September 2026**, when someone signs up using your referral link and becomes a paying subscriber, you receive a **\$20 reward via PayPal**. At the same time, your friend receives **30% off their first subscription**.
## How the referral program works
### For you (the referrer)
* From **September 2026**, earn **\$20 USD via PayPal** for every successful referral who subscribes to a paid AhaSlides plan.
* There is **no limit** to how many friends you can refer. If you have a large audience to refer, we suggest joining our Affiliate Program instead — contact [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com) for more information.
### For the referred friend (the invitee)
* Invitees receive **30% off their first subscription** when signing up through your referral link.
* The discount is applied during checkout for a paid plan.
This is a limited-time offer for both the referrer and the invitee, and the program may change at any time.
## Using the referral program
Log in to your AhaSlides account.
Find the gift box icon at the top right of the navigation bar. If you can't see it, check [If you can't find the referral link](#if-you-cant-find-the-referral-link) below.
This copies your unique referral link to your clipboard.
Share your referral link with friends, colleagues, or teammates via email, social media, or messaging apps.
Your referral link automatically applies the referral benefit when someone signs up.
## Getting paid for your referrals
Before you can receive rewards, add your **PayPal payout details**:
Find it in your dashboard.
Navigate to the Rewards tab within the Referral Program section.
This opens the payment details form.
Fill in your PayPal account details.
Confirm to save.
Once your referral becomes eligible, your reward is sent to your PayPal account. You can update your payment details anytime from the **Rewards** tab.
## Tracking your referrals
You can track your referral activity directly from the **Referral Program dashboard**:
1. Open the **Referral Program** section in your dashboard.
2. Go to the **Rewards** tab.
There you can view your total rewards earned, active referrals, and successful referrals and payouts.
## If you can't find the referral link
The gift box icon is the only place the referral link lives, so if it isn't in the top-right of your navigation bar, one of these two things is usually why:
If you joined AhaSlides through someone else's referral link and haven't claimed that reward yet, you'll see a **Redeem gift** button in place of the referral icon. Redeem it first, and the referral program becomes available to you as a referrer.
The top-right icons sit alongside the language and notification controls, so a heavily zoomed-in browser or a narrow window can push them out of view. Reduce your browser zoom or maximise the window and check again.
Still can't find it after checking both? Email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com) and we'll check your account's referral eligibility for you.
## Program policies
### Eligibility criteria
* Referred users must be **new AhaSlides users** who have not previously created an account.
* The referred user must sign up using your **referral link**.
* The referred user must purchase a **paid AhaSlides subscription**.
### Successful referral requirements
A referral is considered successful when:
* The referred user signs up through the referral link.
* The referred user purchases a paid subscription.
* The subscription remains active and **no refund is requested for at least 30 days**.
### Discount details
* Invitees receive **30% off their first subscription**.
* The discount is applied during checkout.
### Preventing abuse
The following activities are not permitted:
* Self-referrals.
* Creating multiple accounts to generate rewards.
* Fraudulent or suspicious activity.
Any abuse may result in **disqualification from the program** and cancellation of rewards.
### Program modifications
AhaSlides reserves the right to **modify, suspend, or terminate the Referral Program at any time**. Any updates are communicated via email or through the app.
For the full policy, see the [Referral Programme Terms and Conditions](https://ahaslides.com/terms/referral-programme/).
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Resetting the Results
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/after-the-presentation/resetting-the-results
Resetting results (or clearing the responses) erases all participant submissions from your presentation, so you can reuse it for a different audience.
Resetting results (or 'clearing the responses') on your presentation means that all submissions made by participants (for example votes on a poll, questions on a Q\&A or emoji reactions) will be erased from your presentation. Any content created by you (questions, poll options, etc.) will be unaffected.
This allows you to reuse presentations for different audiences. Each reset will also **create a new session** in the Report: [Your AhaSlides Presentation Report](/after-the-presentation/your-ahaslides-presentation-report)
## Video and interactive demo: Resetting results (clearing responses)
This video explains how to reset the result of your presentation, or a single slide:
Below is an interactive demo, which will help you experience this function:
## What are 'results'?
The 'results' of a presentation refer to **anything submitted to your presentation by your audience**. This includes...
* Votes on a poll
* Submissions to a word cloud
* Answers to quiz questions
* Results on a leaderboard
* All emoji reactions
* Messages in the quiz-lobby Live Chat
## What is 'resetting results'?
Reseting the results of a presentation means you will wipe that presentation clear of anything submitted by your participants. This will return your presentation to its state before your participants joined and interacted with it.
## How to reset all results
There are 2 ways to reset all the results from your entire presentation.
1. **From the presentation canvas:**
Click the '**Reset results**' button below the slide canvas.
2. **From the dashboard:**
On the '**My Presentations**' page, click on the 3 dot icon on the right of your presentation (or right-click on the presentation) and choose 'Reset results'.
## How to reset results from a single slide
Rather than resetting results from your whole presentation, you can choose to reset the results of **just one slide**. This is useful if there has been an error on your slide and you want to present it again.
To do this, there are 2 ways:
**1. While editing:**
Navigate to your slide in the left column of the editor, right-click on the slide, then click '**Reset results**'.
**2. While presenting:**
Hover the mouse cursor on the **Menu** icon, then click "**Reset this slide**"
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Review your answers and slides
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/after-the-presentation/reviewing-your-answers-and-slides-on-ahaslides
After a presentation ends, participants can review their own answers and revisit every slide from the session. Learn how to enable this and where to find it.
After a presentation ends, participants can review their answers and revisit the slides, which helps them consolidate their understanding of the content. There are two sides to this feature: the **presenter** turns it on and controls what the audience can see, and the **participant** then reviews their answers and slides on their own device. This article is split the same way, so jump to the part that applies to you.
## For presenters: Set up and control review
These steps are done in your presentation's settings, in the presenter app. They decide what the audience can review after the session.
### Allow the audience to review slides and answers
Open the **Settings** menu, go to **Other settings**, and tick **Allow audience to review the slide**. Once this is on, participants can review their answers and revisit the slides after the presentation ends.
### Show or hide the Account tab on the audience's device
You can also control whether the **Account** tab appears on the audience's device. In the same **Settings** menu, under **Other settings**, tick or untick **Account tab on Audience's device**.
## For participants: Review your answers and slides
Once a presenter has allowed review, you can look back over what you answered and every slide from the session, all from your own device.
### Review your answers
The **My Answers** tab covers every interactive slide type — including [Poll](/using-slide-types/creating-a-poll-question-on-ahaslides), [Word Cloud](/using-slide-types/using-the-word-cloud-slide), [Open Ended](/using-slide-types/using-the-open-ended-slide), and [Brainstorm](/using-slide-types/using-the-brainstorm-slide) slides — not just the quiz slide types it was previously limited to ([Pick Answer](/using-slide-types/using-the-pick-answer-slide), [Short Answer](/using-slide-types/how-to-use-the-short-answer-quiz-slide), [Match Pairs](/using-slide-types/using-the-match-pairs-slide), and [Correct Order](/using-slide-types/using-the-correct-order-slide)).
There are two ways to open it:
1. Go to the last slide and click the **Review slides** button to open the **My Answers** tab.
2. Click the **List** icon located next to the Presentation icon.
In the **My Answers** tab, scroll down to review your submitted answers across all of these slide types, including the corresponding questions and, for quiz slides, whether each answer was correct or incorrect.
Submitted answers are processed before they appear, so it can take up to five minutes for the latest data to show in the **My Answers** tab. If a recent answer is not there yet, wait a moment and refresh.
### Review all slides
To revisit every slide presented during the session, click the **All Slides** tab.
### Review presentations you have attended
You can also look back over all the presentations you have attended. There are two ways in, depending on which app you are using.
**From the audience app on your device**
1. Click the **Profile** icon in the top-right corner of the screen.
2. If you haven't signed in already, select **Sign in to save this presentation**.
Once signed in, all your attended presentations are automatically recorded under the **Attended** tab. Click any attended presentation to review your answers and slides.
**From your AhaSlides account in the presenter app**
If you already have an AhaSlides account, you can reach the same list without opening the presentation again:
1. Sign in to your AhaSlides account and click your **avatar** in the top-right corner of the header. On a narrow screen, open the side menu instead and scroll to the **My account** group.
2. Select **Sign in as a participant**. This opens the audience app in a new browser tab.
3. On that new page, open the **My Account** tab to see the presentations you have joined.
Both routes lead to the same list. Your presenter account and your participant profile share a single sign-in, so signing in to one signs you in to the other — you do not need a separate account to look back at a presentation you attended.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Save a presentation to Google Drive
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/after-the-presentation/save-an-ahaslides-presentation-to-google-drive
Save your AhaSlides presentation directly to Google Drive as a shortcut, making it easier to access, share, and collaborate with others.
AhaSlides offers a convenient way to save presentations directly to your Google Drive, making it easier to access and share them with others. Here's how to do it:
You don't need to do this to keep your work. AhaSlides saves your presentation automatically as you edit it, so there is no Save button and nothing extra to do. Saving to Google Drive adds a shortcut to the presentation in your Drive so it's easier to find and share from there.
Log in to your AhaSlides account and open the presentation you want to save.
With your presentation open, click the **Share** button in the top-right corner of the screen.
In the **Share** menu, choose **Save as Google Drive shortcut**.
Alternatively, click the caret (˅) beside the presentation's name in the editor and choose **Save as Google Drive shortcut**.
Saving your AhaSlides presentation to Google Drive makes it easy to access, collaborate on, and share with team members or your audience.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Share a copy of your presentation
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/after-the-presentation/sharing-a-copy-of-your-presentation-with-other-ahaslides-users
Don't know how to share your presentation with other users on AhaSlides, or how they can copy it to their accounts? Check out the guide below.
With AhaSlides, you can share your presentation with other users, and they can copy that presentation to their accounts.
In order to do this, head to the presentation editor. Click the **Share** button in the top bar, then choose **Share slides view link**. You will find a **Copy link** button
Copy that link and share it wherever you want. Anyone who copies and pastes it into their address bar will be able to view your presentation.
You can also grant permission to other users for your presentation, including:
* **Include Slide Notes:** Receivers can view your notes when they copy this presentation to their account.
* **Allow Comments:** Anyone with the link can leave comments on the shared presentation.
To enable these, click the 3 **dots** button next to the **Copy link** button. These options will appear.
While viewing your presentation, AhaSlides users who are logged in will see an option to copy it to their account. If they are not users or aren't logged in, they will see options to sign up or log in to their account.
If someone copies a presentation to their account, **the response data will not be copied from the original presentation**.
The new user of the presentation will be able to edit that presentation in any way that they wish.
Are you looking for other ways to share on AhaSlides? - Check out these helpful guides:
* [Sharing a Presentation with your Participants](/presenting/sharing-your-presentation-for-participants-to-join)
* [Sharing your AhaSlides account](/account-management/sharing-your-ahaslides-account)
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Presentation and participant reports
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/after-the-presentation/your-ahaslides-presentation-report
The AhaSlides Presentation Report gives detailed insights into audience engagement, including participant interactions and written feedback.
The AhaSlides Presentation Report provides detailed insights into your audience's engagement with your presentation. It includes statistics on participant interactions and written feedback, helping you evaluate your presentation's impact.
## The Presentation Report
### What the report includes
When at least one person has interacted with your presentation, you'll be able to see a report containing the following:
#### 1. Key metrics
* **Total Participants:** The total number of participants who joined your presentation.
* **Total Reactions:** The total number of reactions from your audience.
* **Average Submissions:** The average number of submissions per participant across polls, word clouds, scales, open-ended questions, brainstorming, and Q\&A.
* **Accuracy:** The percentage of correct answers on quiz questions.
* **Rating:** The average rating given by participants.
#### 2. Detailed breakdown
**Participants Column:** This section contains detailed information about each participant:
* **Name:** The participant's name (if provided).
* **Leaderboard:** Their ranking when participating in a quiz.
* **Accuracy:** The number of quiz questions they answered correctly, incorrectly, or left unanswered.
* **Total Submissions:** The total number of submissions they made across polls, word clouds, scales, open-ended questions, brainstorming, and Q\&A.
**Feedback Column:** This section shows all the feedback collected during the presentation, along with the overall rating score given by the audience.
### How to find your presentation report
There are two ways to find your presentation report on AhaSlides.
1. On the editor, click the **'Report'** button in the top right toolbar and it will take you to the **'Participant Report'**
2. On the **My Presentations** dashboard, hover over your presentation and click the purple **'Report'** button, this will also take you to the **'Presentation Report'**
By utilizing the insights from your Presentation Report, you can refine your approach and enhance audience engagement in future sessions.
### Viewing the report of each session
As the **Presentation Owner**, you can view reports for sessions conducted by both you and your collaborators. A **new session is recorded each time** anyone [resets the presentation's results](/after-the-presentation/resetting-the-results).
To see all sessions, you can open the [report page of the presentation](#how-to-find-your-presentation-report), and click the **Session list** box next to the presentation owner's name. A pop-up window with the list of session will appear for you to select:
Collaborators added as **Presenter** will only have access to reports for the sessions they've conducted:
### Share your report via a link
When opening the **Presentation report**, you will see a **Share** button. To share your report via a link, click the **Share** button and select **Share report via link.** Then, you can click **Copy** and send the share link to others. Anyone with the link will be able to see the Presentation report.
## The Individual Participant report
The Individual Audience report offers in-depth insights into each audience's responses. This allows presenters to examine each person's answers closely, helping to identify areas where individuals may be struggling or excelling. Presenters can then tailor their presentation to better meet the needs of the audience. Furthermore, this report can be used to evaluate how engaged individual audiences are with the presentation.
### What does the individual participant report include?
The Participant Summary provides a comprehensive overview of each participant's activity during your presentation. It is divided into several key sections:
#### 1. Participant identification information
* **Name, Email, Organisation:** Displays the participant's name, email address, and organization (if provided during registration or login). If the participant joins anonymously, this information will not be available.
#### 2. Activity summary
Participant activities summary on polls, word clouds, scales, open-ended questions, brainstorming, and Q\&A
* **Total Submissions:** Shows the total number of submissions the participant made for each interaction type (polls, word clouds, scales, open-ended questions, brainstorming, and Q\&A). Participant activities summary on questions with correct answers (Quizzes/ Polls with correct answer).
* **Accuracy:** Displays the participant's overall accuracy rate for quiz responses.
* **Final Score:** Shows the participant's final score on quizzes.
* **Ranking:** Displays the participant's ranking based on their quiz performance.
* **Participant Reactions:** The total number of reactions submitted by the participant during the presentation.
* **Participant Feedback:** Displays the rating provided by the participant to the presenter, reflecting their overall impression.
#### 3. Participant details
This section provides a detailed breakdown of the participant's interactions.
**a. Participant activities details on polls, word clouds, scales, open-ended questions, brainstorming, and Q\&A:**
* **Polls:** Lists the specific responses provided by the participant.
* **Word Clouds:** Shows the participant's contributions to the word cloud.
* **Scales:** Displays the ratings given by the participant on scale questions.
* **Open-Ended:** Lists the submitted responses.
* **Brainstorm:** Lists the ideas submitted by the participant.
* **Q\&A:**
* **Questions Asked:** Lists the questions posed by the participant.
* **Votes Given:** Shows the number of votes cast by the participant for other participants' questions.
**b. Participant activities details on questions with correct answers (Quizzes/ Polls with correct answer):**
* **Participant's Answers:** Displays the participant's response for each question.
* **Correct answers:** Show correct answers for each question.
* **Answer Status:**
* **Correct:** The answer provided is correct.
* **Not Correct:** The answer provided is incorrect.
* **Not Submitted:** The participant did not answer (due to time being up or failure to submit).
* **Response time:** The time the participant took to answer each question (shown per question, not as a single total for the whole quiz).
* **Points Earned for Each Answer**
* **Personal Points:** Displays the points earned by the participant for providing the correct answer.
* **Team Contribution Points:** Shows the points contributed to the team's overall score if the participant was part of a team.
* **Participant details feedback:** Displays the full ratings and comments provided by the participant to the presentation and presenter.
### How to find your individual participant report:
To locate and access your Individual Audience Report within AhaSlides, you can follow the steps:
1. **Access Your Presentation Report:** You can follow the guide in the [How to Find your Presentation Report](#how-to-find-your-presentation-report) section above to open the Presentation report.
2. **Access the Individual Audience Report:** To view the Individual Audience Report for a specific participant, simply click on their name within the participant list. Doing this action will display the detailed report for that individual.
## Frequently asked questions
There's no live in-app filter, but you can break responses down by a group field (such as "Team"). Turn on Collect audience info, then either use [Ask AI](/ai-powered-features/using-ask-ai-on-your-presentation-report) and ask it to summarise the responses grouped by that field, or cross-reference it yourself in the Excel export. See [Collecting audience information](/features-and-functions/collecting-audience-information).
* **Latest session date**: This shows the most recent update to the session.
* **Previous session dates:** These reflect the moments when a user reset the results, which marks the end of each corresponding session.
There's no "delete session" button in AhaSlides — a session isn't a separate item you remove on its own. A session is simply the batch of audience responses collected between one result reset and the next. What you can do depends on your goal:
* **To clear the responses and start fresh:** use [Reset results](/after-the-presentation/resetting-the-results). This clears all votes, reactions, and responses and starts a **new session**; your earlier sessions stay in the **Session list** of the report.
* **To remove the presentation along with all of its sessions and data:** move the presentation to trash from the **My Presentations** dashboard. If you change your mind, you can restore it — see [How to recover a deleted presentation](/after-the-presentation/how-to-recover-a-deleted-presentation).
The report shows **Response time per question**, not a single total time for the whole quiz. To get the total, open your report and click the **Ask AI** button, then ask it to summarise the total time each participant took to complete all the questions. The AI will calculate it from the per-question data for you.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Generate questions and answers with AI
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/ai-powered-features/generating-questions-and-answers-using-ai-on-ahaslides
AhaSlides now offers AI-powered answer generation for quizzes and polls, helping you quickly create questions and answer options.
AhaSlides now offers AI-powered answer generation for quizzes and poll helping you quickly create questions and answer options.
For a complete guide to creating and running quizzes on AhaSlides, see our article: [How to Make and Run a Quiz](/using-slide-types/how-to-make-and-run-a-quiz).
## How to generate questions using AI
Start by creating a presentation and giving it a name.
Create any quiz slide within your presentation.
Under 'Your Question,' AI-generated questions will appear based on your presentation name. Simply choose the question you'd like to ask your audience.
Currently, AI question generation is available on all quiz slides.
## How to generate answers using AI
Start by creating any quiz or Poll slide within your presentation.
In the 'Content' tab, type the question you'd like to ask your audience.
Click the **Generate options** button. This will activate the AI to produce suitable answer choices for your question.
AI answer generation is available on all quiz and poll slides.
This feature uses AI services from OpenAI and Groq, and we do not send any personal information to these providers. For more details, please review [OpenAI's Privacy Policy](https://openai.com/policies/privacy-policy) and [Groq's Privacy Policy](https://groq.com/privacy-policy/).
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Generate quizzes & polls from PPT/PDF
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/ai-powered-features/generating-quiz-questions-from-imported-ppt-or-pdf-files-on-ahaslides
AhaSlides lets you turn documents, images, PowerPoint, or PDF files into interactive quizzes and polls with our AI-powered tool.
AhaSlides offers a seamless feature that lets you effortlessly turn your documents, images, PowerPoint (PPT), or PDF files into interactive quizzes and polls with our AI-powered tool. This functionality not only saves time but also enhances engagement during training sessions. Here's how it works:
## Click on the import button:
* Locate and click the **'Import'** button on the **My Presentation** dashboard
* Or in the editing screen.
## Upload and generate:
Click the upload area to select a file, or drag the file you want to import into it.
## Complete import:
After selecting your file, you can choose what you want to do with it.
For PPT, PDF, and image files, there will be 3 options:
* **Import and generate slides with AI**
* **Generate interactive slides**
* **Import slides**
For document files, the only option is **Generate interactive slides**
After selecting an option, click **Start** to complete the import.
If you pick **Import and generate slides with AI** or **Generate interactive slides**, the AI will read the file and create slides based on its contents.
## Benefits of using AhaSlides for quiz creation
* **Time Efficiency:** Quickly transform existing presentations into interactive quizzes.
* **Enhanced Engagement:** Interactive quizzes make training sessions more engaging.
* **Versatility:** Supports many file formats.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# How AhaSlides uses AI
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/ai-powered-features/how-ahaslides-uses-ai-and-what-you-should-know
An overview of AhaSlides' AI-powered features and how your data is handled: AhaSlides only processes the input you provide and never trains models on it.
AhaSlides integrates AI to streamline content creation and enhance your experience. This article explains which AI features are available and how your data is handled when you use them.
## What AI-powered features are available?
AhaSlides' AI-powered features include:
* **Slide Generator** — quickly create slides with AI-generated content.
* **AI-powered suggestions** — smart recommendations for slide content.
* **[Generate questions and answer options](/ai-powered-features/generating-questions-and-answers-using-ai-on-ahaslides)** — automatically generate quiz and poll questions with answer choices.
* **Improve Writing** — enhance the clarity and correctness of your text.
* **Image search keywords** — AI suggests relevant keywords to refine image searches.
* **[Spell checker](/ai-powered-features/spell-check-your-presentation)** — catch and correct spelling mistakes automatically.
* **Auto-crop image** — intelligently crop images to fit slides.
* **Auto pre-fill image keywords** — automatic keyword suggestions for uploaded images.
* **AI-assist logging mechanism** — helps ensure responsible AI interactions.
* **[Readiness Checker](/ai-powered-features/spell-check-your-presentation)** — an AI pre-flight review on the editor's **Review** tab that checks your presentation before you go live, flagging spelling, quiz settings, contrast, and interactivity issues.
* **Automatic AI model management** — optimises AI model selection for the best performance.
These features are designed to help you create engaging presentations with minimal effort.
## Does AI use my data?
Your privacy is a priority. When you use AI features on AhaSlides:
* AI only processes the **input you provide** during the interaction.
* Your data is **not used to train AI models**.
* Your inputs are **not stored beyond the time needed to process them**.
## Who has access to AI-processed data?
AhaSlides works with trusted third-party AI services to deliver these features, with strict safeguards:
* Third-party AI services **do not retain your data** after processing.
* No external entity has access to your stored data.
* All AI functionality complies with AhaSlides' privacy policies.
## How to turn AI features on or off
You are in full control of AI on AhaSlides. If you prefer not to use AI, you can turn it off from your account settings.
To find the controls:
1. Open the user menu from the **top-right avatar** (or the left sidebar) and click **Account settings**.
2. In the left-hand menu, select **AI preferences**.
The **AI preferences** section holds two independent toggles:
* **Automatic AI** — AI features that run automatically in the background, such as generating report insights and suggesting image-search keywords. Turn this off to stop AI running passively without any action from you.
* **On-demand AI** — AI features that run only when you trigger them, such as [generating slide content](/ai-powered-features/using-the-ai-panel-on-ahaslides), improving slide content, suggesting options for interactive questions, grouping responses while presenting, and [Ask AI for reports and analytics](/ai-powered-features/using-ask-ai-on-your-presentation-report). Turn this off to disable active AI interactions.
The two toggles are independent — turning one off does not affect the other. **To disable all AI features, turn both toggles off.** Remember to click **Save**.
Once a feature is turned off, it stays visible but inactive: hovering over a disabled AI feature shows a tooltip explaining that it is unavailable because you have turned AI off.
### If your team admin manages AI
On a team plan, a team owner or admin can set AI preferences for everyone from **Team Settings**, in the **AI preferences** section, using the same **Automatic AI** and **On-demand AI** toggles. When an admin switches one off for the team, that toggle is locked in every member's own **AI preferences** — you can still see it, but you can't switch it back on. Disabled AI features then explain why on hover, with a message confirming that on-demand AI is managed by your team admin.
For the full details on how AI is governed and used, see our [AI governance & use Policy](https://ahaslides.com/privacy/ai-use-policy/).
## AI in Surveys
[Surveys](/using-slide-types/using-the-surveys-tool) follow the same **On-demand AI** setting as the rest of AhaSlides. There is no separate AI switch for Surveys, and turning **Automatic AI** off on its own does not affect them.
When **On-demand AI** is off — whether you turned it off yourself or your team admin did — every AI starting point in Surveys is switched off:
* **Start from an idea** on the Surveys dashboard
* **Create with AI** in the Survey editor
* The **AI** assistant panel in the Survey editor
* **Generate with AI** in the Survey slide inside a presentation
As everywhere else on AhaSlides, these stay visible but inactive rather than disappearing — hover over one and a short tooltip explains why, with no upgrade prompt. Everything else in Surveys is unaffected: you can still build, edit, publish, share, and analyse Surveys as normal, and the experience for the people answering your Survey does not change at all.
Surveys read the setting when you open or reload a Survey, and a change can take around 30 seconds to apply — so if you have just switched the toggle, reload the Survey tab. If AhaSlides can't read the setting at all, Surveys treat AI as off rather than guessing.
## In short
AhaSlides is committed to using AI ethically, securely, and transparently — enhancing your experience while respecting your privacy and never storing or misusing your data. For the full details on security, fairness and transparency, see the AhaSlides AI Use Policy.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Improving Writing using AI on AhaSlides
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/ai-powered-features/improving-writing-using-ai-on-ahaslides
Use the AI-powered Improve Writing tool to refine your slide text — adjust tone, change style, or shorten and lengthen your content in one click.
AhaSlides' AI-powered **Improve Writing** tool helps you make your slide content more impactful and engaging — adjusting tone, style, and length with a single click.
The Improve Writing feature is currently available on all slides except YouTube, QR Code, and Google Slides.
## How to use Improve Writing
Start by creating a new slide where you'd like to add or improve your text.
Write your question or content on the slide as usual.
Click **Auto** to open the Improve Writing feature. It offers several themes to enhance your writing based on your goal:
**Tone**
* 🤩 **Make it Humorous** — add a playful, lighthearted tone to entertain your audience.
* 💼 **Make it Professional** — make your writing formal and suitable for a business setting.
**Style**
* 📊 **Make it Analytical** — refine your content to be more data-driven and precise.
* 🎨 **Make it Creative** — add flair and originality to make your writing stand out.
**Length**
* ✂️ **Shorten it** — trim your text for a more concise delivery.
* ✍️ **Lengthen it** — expand your content to provide more detail or context.
If you're not satisfied with a suggestion, click **Undo** to revert to your original text.
With these options, you can quickly tailor your content to suit your audience and presentation goals.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Spell Check Your Presentation
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/ai-powered-features/spell-check-your-presentation
Use the built-in Spell Checker in the AhaSlides editor to find and fix spelling mistakes across your slide text before you present.
AhaSlides has a built-in **Spell Checker** in the presentation editor. It scans the text on your slides — including your question text and answer options — flags likely spelling mistakes, and lets you apply each correction in one click, so your slides read cleanly before you go live.
## Where to find the Spell Checker
The Spell Checker is on the **right-hand toolbar of the presentation editor**, on the **Review** tab (a magnifying-glass icon), alongside the other panels such as AI, Content, and Design. Selecting it opens the **Potential Issues** panel on the right.
When the panel is closed, a small status dot appears on the **Review** tab whenever there are spelling issues to review, so you can see at a glance that something needs your attention.
## How to run a spell check
In the presentation editor, open the **Review** tab on the right-hand toolbar. The **Potential Issues** panel opens on the right.
Any likely spelling mistakes are listed under a **Spelling** heading, each showing the word AhaSlides thinks is misspelt.
For every flagged word you can choose:
* **Accept** — applies the suggested correction to your slide.
* **Dismiss** — ignores the suggestion and leaves the word as you wrote it (useful for names, brands, or deliberate spellings).
The Spell Checker works from the text currently on your slides and refreshes as you edit, so you can keep writing and run through the list again to catch anything new.
When there is nothing left to fix, the panel shows a clean-state message — **Great! You're on point!** — confirming your slide text has no outstanding spelling issues.
## What the Spell Checker checks
The Spell Checker is **content-based**: it looks at the text you have actually typed on your slides, such as titles, question text, and answer options, and updates as you make changes.
Spell checking is separate from how a quiz grades answers. On a short-answer quiz you can add other accepted answers so close spellings from your audience still count as correct — that is answer matching during play, not the editor's Spell Checker. To improve the wording of your slides rather than just their spelling, use [Improve Writing](/ai-powered-features/improving-writing-using-ai-on-ahaslides).
## The Readiness Checker — a richer, AI-powered check
Where it's available, the same **Review** tab becomes a broader **Readiness Checker** — an AI pre-flight review you run before presenting. Its **Potential Issues** panel goes beyond spelling and sorts what it finds into two groups, **Needs attention** and **More suggestions**, covering things such as:
* Spelling mistakes in your slide text.
* Quiz questions whose time limit looks too long or too short.
* Inconsistent reward points across your quiz.
* Low contrast between your text and its background, which can hurt readability.
* Too many static (non-interactive) slides for an engaging session.
As with spelling, you can accept, action, or dismiss each item, and you can rate whether the suggestions were useful. When there is nothing to flag, the panel shows the same clean-state message.
The Readiness Checker needs a few slides to scan before it runs. On the free experience you open the Potential Issues list yourself to run the check; on eligible paid plans it runs automatically as you work.
The Readiness Checker is an AI-powered feature. For how AhaSlides uses AI, how your data is handled, and how to turn AI features on or off, see [How AhaSlides uses AI and what you should know](/ai-powered-features/how-ahaslides-uses-ai-and-what-you-should-know).
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Using Ask AI on your presentation report
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/ai-powered-features/using-ask-ai-on-your-presentation-report
Use the Ask AI button on your AhaSlides presentation report to ask plain-language questions about your results, such as a participant's total quiz time.
Ask AI lets you ask plain-language questions about your presentation report and get answers calculated from your own results. Use it when you want a summary or a figure the report doesn't show as its own column, such as the total time each participant took to finish a quiz.
Ask AI works with your report data. It answers questions about the results of a presentation you have already hosted, not about slide design or account settings.
## Where to find Ask AI
The **Ask AI** button appears on your presentation report in two places:
* In the report header, next to the date filter, at the top of the report screen.
* In the footer of the **Insights** panel, below the automatically generated insights.
Clicking **Ask AI** opens an AI assistant in a new browser tab, already connected to the report you were viewing.
## How to use Ask AI
From My Presentations, open the presentation whose results you want, then open its report. See [The Presentation Report](/after-the-presentation/your-ahaslides-presentation-report) for how to reach and read the report.
Click **Ask AI** on the report. The AI assistant opens in a new tab with your report data loaded.
Type a plain-language question about your results, for example "Which participants scored highest on the quiz?" or "Summarise how the audience responded overall." The AI reads your report data and answers by calculating from it.
Ask questions about data that is in the report. The AI works from your recorded results, so it can total, rank, and summarise them, but it cannot invent information the report doesn't hold.
## Example: Get the total time each participant took to finish a quiz
A quiz report shows a **Response time** for each question, but it does not show a single total time per participant for the whole quiz. Ask AI can add those per-question times up for you.
### Step 1: Open the quiz report and click Ask AI
Open the report for your quiz presentation, then click **Ask AI**.
### Step 2: Ask for the total completion time
Type a question such as: "For each participant, add up their response times across all quiz questions and show me the total time they took to complete the quiz."
The AI calculates each participant's total from the per-question response times in the report and returns the totals, so you don't have to export the data and add it up by hand.
## Other questions you can ask
* "Who were the top performers in this quiz?"
* "Give me a short summary of the results for this session."
* "How many participants answered every question correctly?"
## When Ask AI is unavailable
The **Ask AI** button is greyed out when AI report features are turned off for your account or by your team admin. Turn on **On-demand AI** in your Account settings to enable it. If AI is managed by your team, ask your team admin to enable it.
The **Insights** panel and Ask AI both work from your report data. These insights don't appear when you share the report through a public link.
## Frequently asked questions
### What is the Ask AI button on my report?
Ask AI is an AI assistant on your presentation report that answers plain-language questions about your results. It opens in a new tab and calculates its answers from your own report data.
### Where do I find Ask AI on the report?
It appears in two places on the report screen: in the header next to the date filter, and in the footer of the **Insights** panel below the generated insights.
### How do I find the total time each participant took to finish a quiz?
The report shows a **Response time** for each question, not a single total. Click **Ask AI** and ask it to add up each participant's response times across all questions. It returns the total completion time per participant, calculated from the per-question data.
### Why does my report only show response time per question and not a total?
The quiz report records timing per question, so there is no built-in total-time column. Ask AI computes the total for you from those per-question response times.
### Why is the Ask AI button greyed out?
Ask AI is disabled when AI report features are turned off for your account or by your team admin. Enable **On-demand AI** in your Account settings, or ask your team admin to enable it if AI is managed by your team.
### Does Ask AI work on a shared public report?
The AI insights and Ask AI work from your report data and don't appear when the report is opened through a public share link. Open the report from your own account to use Ask AI.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Using the AI Panel on AhaSlides
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/ai-powered-features/using-the-ai-panel-on-ahaslides
The AI Panel lets you generate and edit whole presentations from a text prompt in the AhaSlides editor, so it can build the slides for you.
The AI Panel uses artificial intelligence to speed up presentation creation. Describe what you want in a prompt and it generates polished, visually appealing slides for you — saving time while keeping a professional look.
## How to use the AI Panel
Make sure you're logged in to your AhaSlides account. If you don't have one yet, sign up to unlock the AI Slide Generator.
Start a new presentation, or open an existing one where you want to use the AI Panel.
Click the **AI** button at the top right of the editor screen to open the AI interface.
Type instructions describing the presentation you want the AI to create or edit for you. You can also pick one of the ready-made prompts in the AI interface.
You can start a new conversation, or reopen previous conversations, using the buttons in the panel.
Experiment with the AI Panel to see how it can enhance your presentations and captivate your audience.
## Beyond the AI Panel: AhaSlides GPT and MCP
The AI Panel lives inside the AhaSlides editor. If you'd rather stay in the AI assistant you already use, AhaSlides also plugs into ChatGPT and into assistants that support MCP — both build slides straight into your AhaSlides account.
### AhaSlides GPT for ChatGPT
AhaSlides GPT is the official AhaSlides custom GPT in the ChatGPT store. Describe the presentation you want in a ChatGPT conversation and it builds a real, interactive AhaSlides deck for you — then keep chatting to refine it. You can open it from the **Already using ChatGPT? Try AhaSlides GPT** link at the bottom of the AI Panel, or find it in the [Marketplace](https://presenter.ahaslides.com/apps/marketplace) under **AI & automation** in your AhaSlides account.
What AhaSlides GPT can do:
* **Turn a prompt into a presentation** — give it a topic, an outline, or a rough idea, and it generates the slide structure and content for you.
* **Build interactive slides** — polls, quizzes, Q\&A, word clouds, open-ended questions, and content slides, all created straight into your AhaSlides account.
* **Create a real AhaSlides deck** — the result is an actual presentation you open, edit, and present live, with your audience joining by code and responding in real time.
* **Edit as you chat** — ask it to change titles, update content, or tidy the layout, and the updates appear in AhaSlides right away.
It works with any AhaSlides account, free or paid — no API key needed. You sign in when the GPT first asks for access, and it can only work with presentations in your own account.
In ChatGPT, click **Explore GPTs** in the left sidebar, search for **AhaSlides GPT**, then click **New Chat**.
Enter your first prompt — an outline, a topic idea, or anything you want to present. When ChatGPT asks for access, sign in to AhaSlides and click **Allow** so it can create slides for you.
Split your screen so you can chat on one side and watch the slides take shape on the other. Keep chatting to add more slides.
Ask ChatGPT to tweak titles, update content, or polish the layout — updates appear in AhaSlides straight away, no refresh needed.
### AhaSlides MCP for Claude and other AI assistants
MCP (Model Context Protocol) is an open standard that lets AI assistants such as Claude talk directly to AhaSlides. Once connected, you can create presentations, build quizzes, edit and reorder slides, apply themes, and analyse audience responses — all by describing what you want in plain language. No API key is needed; you sign in with your existing AhaSlides account.
Full setup steps, the list of supported slide types, and example prompts are in the [AhaSlides MCP — Getting Started Guide](/integrations/ahaslides-mcp-getting-started-guide).
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Create and apply presentation themes
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/branding/design-your-theme-on-ahaslides
Apply a ready-made AhaSlides theme in one click, build a custom theme with your logo and fonts, or style individual slides to stay on-brand.
Your slides don't just deliver content — they shape how your audience feels, trusts, and engages with your session. With AhaSlides themes, you can make your presentations look polished, consistent, and on-brand in just a few clicks — whether you're running a quick classroom quiz, a training workshop, or a company-wide event.
You can:
* Instantly apply a professional look using ready-made themes.
* Build reusable brand themes with your logo, colours, and fonts.
* Fine-tune individual slides when you need something special.
If you only have 2 minutes: click **Design → Themes**, pick an Official Theme, and you're ready to present — your whole deck is automatically styled. When you're ready to go further, create your own theme to save time across future presentations and keep your visuals consistent.
## Choose Your Level of Design Customization
AhaSlides offers three levels of design customization, depending on how much control you need:
* **Quick polish → Pre-made themes.** Best when you want a clean, professional look instantly. Apply professionally designed colour schemes and backgrounds in one click.
* **Brand consistency → Custom themes.** Best for recurring sessions, team alignment, and brand credibility. Create reusable themes with your logo, colours, and fonts.
* **Creative flexibility → Individual slide customization.** Best when specific slides need unique visuals. Customize backgrounds and styling at the slide level.
### What Each Setting Affects
| Setting | Scope | Visible to |
| ----------------------- | ------------------- | -------------------- |
| Background colour/image | Per slide | Presenter + Audience |
| Text font | Entire presentation | Presenter + Audience |
| Visualization colours | Entire presentation | Presenter + Audience |
| Logo | Entire presentation | Presenter + Audience |
### Plan Requirements
| Feature | Availability |
| --------------------- | ------------------ |
| Pre-made themes | All plans |
| Background colour | All plans |
| Visualization colours | All plans |
| Background images | All paid plans |
| Custom fonts | Pro and Enterprise |
| Team theme sharing | Team plans |
## Presentation Theme
### 1. How to Apply a Pre-Made Theme
Pre-made themes provide a quick and easy way to style your presentation.
Click on the **Design** tab in the toolbar.
Navigate to the **Themes** tab.
Select one of the **Official Themes** or **AhaSlides Team Themes**.
Selecting a theme will apply it to all your slides, except those you have already customised.
### 2. How to Create a Custom Theme
Custom themes are best for consistent branding across multiple presentations. You can create your own theme by selecting the **Create** button next to **My Themes**. From there, you can:
* Add a theme name.
* Upload your logo.
* Upload a background image or choose a background colour.
* Change the text font.
* Customize the text colour and visualisation colours.
Once you've finished setting it up, click **Save** to apply your custom theme. If you are in a team, you can share or unshare your customised theme for your team to use.
## Customizing Your Slide
If you prefer a more personalized design, you can customize each slide using the **Customise** menu. You can open it by:
* Clicking the **Design** tab > **Customise**, or
* Right-clicking on your slide and choosing **Design**.
Changing the text font and visualisation colours will apply to all slides.
### Change Background Colour
Click the **Design** tab > **Customize** (or right-click your slide and choose **Design**).
Click the colour icon next to **Background colour**, then choose the colour you would like to use.
### Set Background Image
This function is available for all paid plans.
Click the **Add** button next to the **Background image** section on the Design menu to upload or add an image.
Ensure the image is high-quality and fits your presentation style.
### Adjust Background Transparency
Modify the **Background Transparency** to set the transparency level, with 100% being fully visible.
### Change Text Font
Changing the font applies across your entire presentation, and it is also visible on your audience's screens. This feature is only available on Pro and Enterprise plans. For step-by-step guidance, see [How to Change and Manage Fonts](/branding/how-to-change-and-manage-fonts).
### Change Visualisation Colours
Changing this setting applies to all charts in quiz, poll, and scale slides, and to audience response displays in word cloud, open-ended, and brainstorm slides. Click the colour bar under **Visualisation Colours** and select the colour palette you would like to use for your presentation.
### Apply one slide's design to other slides
Once you have one slide looking the way you want, you don't have to repeat the work slide by slide.
Click the slide whose background you want to reuse.
Click the **Design** tab > **Customize** (or right-click the slide and choose **Design**).
Click **Apply to other slides** at the bottom of the panel, then confirm the prompt — *"Do you want to apply the same colour and background to all other slides in this presentation?"* — with **OK**.
**Apply to other slides** copies the background colour, the background image and its crop, the background transparency, and the text colour. It does **not** copy the font: the font is a presentation-level setting that already applies to every slide the moment you change it, so there is nothing to copy across.
This is the quickest fix when you paste or import a slide from another AhaSlides presentation and its background no longer matches the deck it now lives in — style one slide of the new deck, then apply it to the rest.
To undo a single slide's customisation instead, click **Reset this slide to default** at the bottom of the same panel.
## Best Practices for Great-Looking Slides
* **Design for readability:** use strong contrast between text and background, especially for projector rooms and large screens.
* **Keep colours consistent:** using the same visualization colours helps audiences read charts and results faster.
* **Avoid visual clutter:** clean slides keep attention on interaction, not decoration.
* **Reuse your theme:** save time and stay consistent across sessions.
* **Preview once before presenting:** open the audience view on another device to check text size and contrast.
## Frequently Asked Questions
When you customize individual slides using the Customize menu, those slides are excluded from automatic theme updates. To reset a slide, go to **Design > Customize** and click **Reset to default**.
Yes, on Pro and Enterprise plans. Go to **Design > Customize**, click the font dropdown under **Text**, and select **+ More fonts** to access additional options. See [How to Change and Manage Fonts](/branding/how-to-change-and-manage-fonts) for details.
Visualization colours control the palette for all charts in quiz, poll, and scale slides, plus audience response displays in word cloud, open-ended, and brainstorm slides. Changing this setting applies to the entire presentation.
If you're on a team plan, your custom themes appear in the AhaSlides Team Themes section for all team members. Toggle sharing on or off from your theme settings.
Editing a saved custom theme directly isn't supported yet. Under **My Themes**, you can share, unshare, or delete a saved theme. To update a theme's design, create a new one with your revised logo, colours, or fonts and **Save** it — then delete the old version if you no longer need it.
Use high-resolution images (1920x1080 pixels or higher) that match your presentation aspect ratio. Lower-quality images may appear pixelated when projected. Use the transparency slider to ensure text remains readable over busy images.
Style one slide of the destination deck the way you want it, then open **Design > Customize** and click **Apply to other slides** to push that background colour, background image, transparency, and text colour onto every other slide in the presentation. If the odd slide out was imported from a **PowerPoint or PDF file**, changing its background will look like it does nothing — see [what happens to an imported PowerPoint or PDF](/features-and-functions/importing-a-powerpoint-presentation-or-pdf-file).
Themes apply presentation-wide, but you can customize individual slides to override theme settings. Use the Customize menu to set unique backgrounds for each slide while maintaining your overall theme.
Yes. All design elements (backgrounds, fonts, colours, and logos) display on your audience's devices exactly as you see them in the presenter view.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Hide the AhaSlides branding link
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/branding/hide-the-ahaslides-link-at-the-end
Learn how to hide the 'Get AhaSlides for free' sign-up link shown to your audience at the end of a presentation. This is a branding option on paid plans.
At the end of a presentation, your audience sees a short message on their phones
that reads **"Thank you for your participation ❤️ — Get AhaSlides for free"**.
The **Get AhaSlides for free** part is a sign-up link that invites your audience
to create their own AhaSlides account. You can turn this link off from your
presentation settings.
Hiding the AhaSlides link is a branding option available on **paid plans**. If
you're on the free plan, you'll see a prompt to upgrade when you try to change
it.
## What the Link Is
When your audience finishes a presentation on their own device, AhaSlides shows a
closing screen with a thank-you message and a **Get AhaSlides for free** link.
The link points to the AhaSlides sign-up page. It's on by default so that new
audiences can discover AhaSlides, but you can remove it for a cleaner,
unbranded finish.
## How to Hide the Link
In the AhaSlides editor, open the settings menu and go to the **Advanced**
tab.
Find **Manage AhaSlides link at the end** and untick it. Your audience will
no longer see the **Get AhaSlides for free** link at the end of the
presentation.
To bring the link back, tick **Manage AhaSlides link at the end** once more.
Hovering over the question-mark icon next to the setting shows the reminder:
"Presenters can hide or show the AhaSlides link at the end of the
presentation."
## FAQ
The link is on by default. Turn it off with the **Manage AhaSlides link at
the end** setting on the **Advanced** tab of the settings menu. If the
setting is locked and prompts you to upgrade, hiding the link isn't included
on your current plan — it's available on paid plans.
No. This setting controls the **Get AhaSlides for free** sign-up link
specifically. The thank-you message shown to your audience at the end stays
in place.
Open your presentation in the AhaSlides editor, open the settings menu, and
go to the **Advanced** tab. The **Manage AhaSlides link at the end** option
is there.
## Related
* To remove or replace the logo in the top-right of every slide, see [Removing and Changing the Logo](/branding/removing-and-changing-the-logo).
* To customise your presentation's colours, fonts, and background, see [Design Your Theme](/branding/design-your-theme-on-ahaslides).
Still stuck? Email us at [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com) and we'll be happy to help.
# How to Change and Manage Fonts in AhaSlides
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/branding/how-to-change-and-manage-fonts
Learn how to change the font of your AhaSlides presentation and build a customised library of easy-access fonts for quick, immediate use.
You can change the font used throughout your AhaSlides presentation and arrange your favourite fonts for easy, immediate access.
This feature is only available on **Pro and Enterprise plans**.
## How to Change Font
In the AhaSlides editor, select any of the slides in your presentation.
Head to the right-column, select the **Design** tab, and scroll down to **Text**.
Use the dropdown menu to select your desired font.
This changes the font across your entire presentation. It will also be visible on your audience's screens.
## How to Manage Your Fonts
Click on the dropdown menu under **Text** in the **Design** tab of a slide, then click the **More fonts** option at the top. This opens the font library.
Choose from a larger bank of 250 fonts to build your own selection of preferred fonts. For any font you'd like to be able to use, check the checkbox next to the font name — this adds it to the **My fonts** column on the right.
Once you've finished selecting your fonts, click **Done**. Those fonts are now available in the **Text** dropdown menu.
Once you have selected your fonts from the font library, those fonts become your immediate options across **all presentations in your account**.
## How Fonts Work with the Content Slide
The Content slide has its own small font library, which is displayed in the top left corner of the editor when editing text.
However, it is still possible to change to a font in your font library by selecting the **Design** tab and finding your preferred font in the **Text** dropdown menu.
It is currently **not possible to import fonts** to AhaSlides.
## Changing the Font Size
On most slide types — including quiz, poll, and word cloud slides — font size is set **automatically** and can't be adjusted by hand. The slide title sizes itself to its length: the more characters you add, the smaller it renders, so it always fits on screen. If a title suddenly looks smaller than before, it has grown long enough to step down to the next size — shortening or rephrasing it makes it larger again.
To set font size **manually**, use the [Content slide](/using-slide-types/using-the-content-v2-slide). Each text block on a Content slide has its own font size control in the editing toolbar, letting you make individual pieces of text as large or small as you like.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Removing and Changing the AhaSlides Logo
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/branding/removing-and-changing-the-logo
Learn how to remove and change the default logo across all slides in your presentation. This feature is only available on Pro and Enterprise plans.
You can hide the logo in the top-right of your slides or change it to a logo/image of your choice.
This feature is only available on **Pro and Enterprise plans**.
## What is the Logo?
The logo sits in the top-right corner of all of the slides in your presentation. Your audience will see it on their phones as well as the presenter's screen.
By default, the logo will be the AhaSlides logo, but users on a Pro plan can hide it or change it to their own logo. Doing this once on any slide will take effect across your whole presentation.
## How to Hide the Logo
Hiding the logo means that you will have **no logo** showing in the top-right of your slides.
Navigate to the AhaSlides editor and hover over the logo in the top-right of the presentation canvas.
Click the logo and select **Hide**.
To reveal the logo once again, hover over the space in the top-right corner and click **Unhide**.
## How to Change the Logo
You can replace the AhaSlides logo with your own, or even any other image or GIF you want. It will show at the top-right of each of your slides.
Navigate to the AhaSlides editor and hover over the logo in the top-right of the presentation canvas.
Click the logo and select **Change**.
Upload your logo.
Reset the logo to the original AhaSlides logo by hovering over it and clicking **Reset**.
## Recommended Logo Size
For a crisp logo on every screen:
1. **Shape** — wide/horizontal, at about a 4.5:1 width-to-height ratio. Your logo shows in a landscape box in the top-right corner, and the uploader crops to this ratio, so a square or tall logo will have its top and bottom trimmed.
2. **Dimensions** — around 720 x 160 px is ideal. Larger is fine, as it scales down to fit; very small images can look soft on a big screen or projector.
3. **Format** — a PNG with a transparent background looks cleanest on any theme. JPG and GIF also work.
4. **File size** — keep it under 15 MB.
If your logo is square or stacked (for example, an icon above your company name), use a horizontal version of it here so nothing gets cropped out.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# AhaSlides vs Mentimeter
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/compare/ahaslides-vs-mentimeter
A side-by-side comparison of AhaSlides and Mentimeter covering activity types, AI, integrations, free plan limits and pricing, so you can choose well.
Both tools make presentations interactive. This page breaks down where they differ — on AI, activity types, free plan limits, and pricing — so you can make an informed choice.
## On this page
1. [Activity types](#1-activity-types)
2. [AI and integrations](#2-ai-and-integrations)
3. [Free plan](#3-free-plan)
4. [Pricing](#4-pricing)
5. [Verdict](#5-verdict)
***
## 1. Activity types
Mentimeter covers the core interaction types well. AhaSlides goes broader — it's a single platform for every engagement format you'd need across presentations, training, and events.
**AhaSlides**
* Quiz — multiple types: categories, correct order, match pairs, type answer
* Poll — multiple choice, image poll, rating scale
* Word cloud
* Open-ended / brainstorm
* Q\&A with moderation
* Survey
* Spinner wheel
* Per-student grade and response reports
**Mentimeter**
* Quiz — single correct answer, exact-match grading only
* Poll — multiple choice, ranking, rating
* Word cloud
* Open-ended
* Q\&A
* No Spinner Wheel
* No built-in survey flow
* No per-student grade reports
Two gaps G2 reviewers flag consistently: Mentimeter doesn't support multiple correct answers in quizzes, and exact-match grading penalises students for a typo or rounding difference.
> "It would be better if there were more features designed to encourage conversations either before or after using the app. The quiz functionality feels limited."
>
> — Dr. Emily C., Lecturer, Higher Education (G2 review of Mentimeter)
***
## 2. AI and integrations
Both platforms have AI. The difference is depth. Mentimeter's Menti AI generates slides and question suggestions — available on all plans including free. AhaSlides adds a ChatGPT add-in for importing questions directly, MCP support for workflow automation, and Google Slides access without needing a higher-tier plan.
| Integration | AhaSlides | Mentimeter |
| --------------- | ----------- | ----------- |
| AI builder | ✓ All plans | ✓ All plans |
| ChatGPT add-in | ✓ | ✗ |
| MCP integration | ✓ | ✗ |
| Google Slides | ✓ All plans | Pro+ only |
| PowerPoint | ✓ | ✓ |
| Zoom | ✓ | ✓ |
| Microsoft Teams | ✓ | ✓ |
| Canvas | ✓ | ✓ |
| Blackboard | ✓ | ✓ |
> "The ChatGPT integration significantly reduces the time needed to create questions for polls and quizzes — a big advantage over tools like Menti and Kahoot."
>
> — Rajesh B., Enterprise Academy Lead (G2 review of AhaSlides)
***
## 3. Free plan
Both free plans cap sessions at 50 participants. The difference is how the cap works.
Mentimeter counts participants across the entire month — 50 total. A teacher running two classes of 30 students hits the limit after the first session. AhaSlides resets the count every session, with unlimited sessions per month — see [what's included in the free account](/price-plans/what-is-included-in-the-free-account).
| Feature | AhaSlides | Mentimeter |
| ------------------ | ------------------------ | ----------------------- |
| Participant limit | 50 per session | 50 per month total |
| Sessions per month | Unlimited | Capped by monthly limit |
| AI features | Included | Menti AI included |
| Quiz slides | Up to 5 per presentation | Limited |
| Response export | — | Paid only |
***
## 4. Pricing
AhaSlides is consistently cheaper — and unlike Mentimeter, [monthly billing](/price-plans/monthly-plan) is available so you can try before committing to a year. Prices shown here are indicative and localised per market — check [ahaslides.com/pricing](https://ahaslides.com/pricing/) for your own currency. Mentimeter pricing shown here is current as of June 2026 and may have changed by the time you read this.
### Individuals and business
| Plan | AhaSlides | Mentimeter |
| --------------- | ---------------------- | ---------------- |
| Entry paid | $7.95/mo · $95.40/yr | $14/mo · $168/yr |
| Mid tier | $15.95/mo · $191.40/yr | $28/mo · $336/yr |
| Monthly billing | ✓ Available | Annual only |
### Education
| Plan | AhaSlides | Mentimeter |
| --------------- | --------------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------- |
| Entry paid | $2.95/mo · $35.40/yr (50 participants) | $11/mo · $132/yr (unlimited participants) |
| Mid tier | $5.45/mo · $65.40/yr (100 participants) | $17/mo · $204/yr (unlimited participants) |
| Upper tier | $7.65/mo · $91.80/yr (200 participants) | — |
| Monthly billing | ✓ Available | Annual only |
Mentimeter edu plans offer unlimited participants per session. AhaSlides edu plans scale by tier — up to 200 on Edu Large. For large lecture halls, AhaSlides Pro (2,500 participants) at $191.40/yr compares favourably to Mentimeter Pro Edu at $204/yr.
***
## 5. Verdict
Mentimeter is a well-built tool that does the basics reliably. But if you want a single platform that covers quizzes, polls, surveys, word clouds, Spinner Wheels, Q\&A, brainstorms, and grade reports — with ChatGPT integration, MCP support, monthly billing, and significantly lower pricing — AhaSlides is the stronger choice.
[Try AhaSlides free](https://ahaslides.com) · [View full pricing](https://ahaslides.com/pricing/)
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Add and delete a quiz leaderboard
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/features-and-functions/adding-and-deleting-a-leaderboard-on-your-quiz
How to add, delete, and re-enable a leaderboard slide on an AhaSlides quiz, and how to open the pop-up leaderboard during a live presentation.
A leaderboard displays the rankings and scores of participants in an AhaSlides quiz. After the final question, the leaderboard displays the winner.
Leaderboards work only with quiz slide types: Pick Answer, Short Answer, Match Pairs, Correct Order, and Categorize. They do not work with Poll slides.
A leaderboard slide does not update in real time. It fetches the latest results only when you refresh it, or when you return or move to it from another slide, because it is designed for live presentations.
For more on building a quiz, see [How to make and run a quiz](/using-slide-types/how-to-make-and-run-a-quiz).
Below is an interactive demo, which will help you experience this function:
## Leaderboard
### On the presenter screen
When you add a quiz slide (except the Spinner Wheel), AhaSlides automatically creates a leaderboard slide and places it after the quiz slide. If you do not see a leaderboard, you may have added a Poll slide instead of a quiz slide type.
You can delete any leaderboard slide without affecting the quiz slide that generated it. To show the leaderboard once per round instead of after every question, delete every leaderboard slide except the last one in each round.
To add a deleted leaderboard back, open the Content tab of the quiz slide and turn on the Leaderboard switch.
Each leaderboard slide shows the top 5 participants, and the presenter can scroll down to see everyone else. The final leaderboard slide of your presentation displays the final scores and announces the winner of your quiz.
### On the audience screen
The leaderboard is also viewable on the audience's mobile devices. Every quiz player can see their own position in the table and can scroll up and down to reveal all positions on the leaderboard.
## The pop-up Leaderboard
The pop-up leaderboard lets a presenter check live scores at any point during a presentation. Press **L** on the keyboard, or click the **Trophy icon** in the control bar, to open it.
When you open the pop-up leaderboard, the audience screens stay unchanged. The leaderboard slides placed in your presentation still display as usual when they appear in the presentation flow.
The pop-up leaderboard always displays the final scores accumulated from all completed quizzes, regardless of when or where you open it.
## Removing past participants from the leaderboard
The leaderboard keeps the names and scores of everyone who has played until you clear the presentation's results. If you reuse the same quiz with a new audience, the previous players will keep showing up alongside the new ones.
To remove past participants, **reset the results** of the presentation. This erases all participant submissions, including the leaderboard scores, and returns the quiz to its pre-audience state so only your next audience appears. Your questions, answers, and slides are not affected.
You can reset the results for the whole presentation or for a single slide. For the exact steps, see [Resetting the Results](/after-the-presentation/resetting-the-results).
Each reset starts a **new session** in your report, so the earlier players' scores are still saved in [Your AhaSlides Presentation Report](/after-the-presentation/your-ahaslides-presentation-report) even after they leave the live leaderboard.
## Frequently asked questions
A leaderboard is added automatically when you create any quiz slide except the Spinner Wheel, and it is placed right after that quiz slide. If you turned a leaderboard off, open the Content tab of the quiz slide and turn on the Leaderboard switch.
Delete the leaderboard slide the same way you delete any slide. This does not affect the quiz slide that generated it.
Open the Content tab of the quiz slide that the leaderboard belonged to, then turn on the Leaderboard switch.
Leaderboards work only with quiz slide types: Pick Answer, Short Answer, Match Pairs, Correct Order, and Categorize. If you added a Poll slide instead of a quiz slide, no leaderboard is created.
A leaderboard slide is designed for live presentations, so it does not update in real time. It fetches the latest results only when you refresh it or when you move to it from another slide.
Press **L** on your keyboard, or click the **Trophy icon** in the control bar. The audience screens stay unchanged, and it always shows the final scores accumulated from all completed quizzes.
Reset the presentation's results. The leaderboard holds every past player's name and score until the results are cleared, so resetting removes them and leaves only your next audience. You can reset the whole presentation or a single slide — see [Resetting the Results](/after-the-presentation/resetting-the-results). The earlier scores remain saved as a separate session in your [presentation report](/after-the-presentation/your-ahaslides-presentation-report).
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Adding notes to your presentation
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/features-and-functions/adding-notes-to-your-presentation
How to add private speaker notes to each slide on AhaSlides and view them while presenting through Remote control, never visible to your audience.
You can write private notes for each slide. During your presentation, these notes appear on your own screen through Remote control, and your audience cannot see them.
## Adding notes to a slide
In the AhaSlides editor, you will find a notes box below each slide preview. Type as much as you want into this box. Your notes save automatically and stay attached to that slide.
## Presenting with your notes
To see your notes while you present, you must present with Remote control. Remote control opens a separate screen that you use to control your presentation, so you can project the presentation window to your audience while you read your notes on the control window.
After you click **Start**, the Remote control window opens and displays the notes you wrote for each slide as you present it.
Your notes are visible only on the Remote control window. They never appear on the audience screen or on the projected presentation.
## Frequently asked questions
In the AhaSlides editor, type into the notes box below each slide preview. Your notes save automatically and stay attached to that slide.
No. Your notes are visible only on the Remote control window. They never appear on the audience screen or on the projected presentation.
Present with Remote control. After you click **Start**, the Remote control window opens on your own screen and displays the notes you wrote for each slide as you present it.
Notes appear only when you present with Remote control. If you started the presentation without Remote control, your notes will not be shown.
Yes, when you export to PDF. [Exporting your slides to PDF](/after-the-presentation/export-slides-to-pdf-images) can include your speaker notes as annotations: if your slides contain notes, the download dialog shows an **Include speaker notes** checkbox, ticked by default. Leave it ticked to add your notes to the PDF, or untick it to export slide content and audience responses only. This applies to PDF exports only — a JPG (image) export never includes your notes.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# AhaSlides Accessibility
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/features-and-functions/ahaslides-accessibility
AhaSlides' commitment to accessibility and where to find the full Accessibility Statement.
At AhaSlides, we believe in making our platform accessible to everyone. While we acknowledge that we are not yet fully compliant with all accessibility standards, we are committed to improving our platform to better serve all users.
For full details on our current accessibility efforts and commitments, see our [Accessibility Statement](https://ahaslides.com/accessibility/).
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# AhaSlides Hotkeys Guide
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/features-and-functions/ahaslides-hotkeys-guide
The full list of AhaSlides presenter keyboard shortcuts for navigating, showing results, opening submissions, triggering effects, and the leaderboard.
AhaSlides provides presenters with a convenient way to control their slides using keyboard shortcuts. This ensures you maintain control over your presentation even when you don't have access to a mouse or pointer.
To view all available keyboard shortcuts at any time during your presentation, simply press **K** on your keyboard.
## Keyboard shortcuts
### Display QR code
To quickly display your QR code for audience access, press **Q** while presenting.
### Start presenting
If you're in the editor and ready to start your presentation, press **Shift + P**.
### Return to editor
During your presentation, return to the editor by pressing the **Esc** key.
### Show / hide results
* **Show results:** press **H** while presenting to display the results on screen.
* **Hide results:** press **H** again to hide them.
### Open / close submission
* **Open submission:** press **S** while presenting to allow participants to submit responses.
* **Close submission:** press **S** again to stop accepting responses.
### Effects
AhaSlides offers a variety of fun effects to enhance your presentation. To access these, hover over the **Effect** icon in the bottom-left menu while presenting. The available effect hotkeys are:
* **Confetti:** press **C** to shower the screen with confetti.
* **Applause:** press **A** to play an applause sound.
* **Drumroll:** press **D** to start a drumroll.
### Leaderboard shortcut
* **Show leaderboard:** press **L** while presenting to display the leaderboard.
* **Close leaderboard:** press **L** again, or click anywhere outside the leaderboard, to close it.
Using these keyboard shortcuts, you can seamlessly navigate and control your AhaSlides presentation. Remember, pressing **K** will always show you the list of available hotkeys during your presentation.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Asking participants for their names
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/features-and-functions/asking-participants-for-their-names
How AhaSlides automatically prompts participants for their names on quiz (scored) slides, and where to collect names on other slide types.
If your presentation contains a quiz (scored) slide — such as **Pick Answer**, **Short Answer**, **Spinner Wheel**, **Match Pairs**, **Correct Order**, or **Categorise** — AhaSlides automatically asks your audience to enter their names when you start presenting and reach that slide.
This lets AhaSlides attribute each participant's answers and scores to a name so you can show a meaningful leaderboard. For more on building scored quizzes, see [How to make and run a quiz](/using-slide-types/how-to-make-and-run-a-quiz).
AhaSlides only prompts for names automatically on quiz (scored) slides. For other slide types, or to gather more than just a name (for example email or organisation), use the audience info feature described in [Collecting audience information](/features-and-functions/collecting-audience-information).
## Do participants have to enter their name again if they leave the page?
Normally, no. When a participant enters their name, AhaSlides saves it in their browser for that presentation and restores it automatically when they come back — so switching tabs, locking their phone, or briefly leaving the page won't make them type it again.
They will be asked for their name again if that saved value is no longer there. The usual reasons are:
* **You reset the presentation's results.** Resetting clears each participant's saved name and answers so your next audience starts fresh. See [Resetting the results](/after-the-presentation/resetting-the-results).
* **They came back on a different browser or device, or in a private/incognito window** — the saved name lives in the browser they first joined from.
* **Their browser is blocking or clearing site data** (private browsing, strict privacy settings, or a cleared cache).
* **More than 3 days have passed** since they last interacted with that presentation.
If a participant is asked for their name every time they switch away from the page in a normal browser window, that points to a browser-storage restriction rather than normal behaviour — get in touch at [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com) and we'll take a look.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Changing the Display Language
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/features-and-functions/changing-the-display-language
How to change the AhaSlides presenter interface language and the audience display language, which are two independent settings.
AhaSlides has two separate language settings: one for the presenter interface you see, and one for the audience display your participants see on their devices. You can set each independently, so you can run a presentation in one language while keeping your own menus in another.
## Changing the language in the presenter app
The presenter interface language controls the menus, buttons, and labels you see as a presenter. This setting applies to your whole account.
The searchable language dropdown with popular languages pinned to the top is currently rolling out and may not be available in your account yet. If you see a plain list to click through instead, you can still change your language the same way — scroll to find it and select it.
Log in to your AhaSlides account and open the dashboard.
Click the **globe icon** in the top-right corner of the dashboard.
The dropdown opens with a search box at the top, and the most popular languages — with the one you are currently using shown first — pinned above the full list. Start typing to filter by language name or its two- or three-letter code (for example, `vi` or `vie` for Tiếng Việt), or scroll to browse every supported language. Select your preferred language, and the interface switches instantly.
The presenter app is currently available in 32 languages: Azərbaycan, Bosanski, Čeština, Deutsch, Eesti keel, English, Español, Français, Hrvatski, Íslenska, Italiano, Latviešu, Lietuvių, Magyar, Nederlands, Norsk, Polski, Português, Română, Shqip, Slovenčina, Srpski (Latinica), Suomi, Tiếng Việt, Български, Македонски, Ελληνικά, Русский, Српски (Ћирилица), 中文, 日本語, and 한국어.
## Changing the display language for the audience
The audience display language controls what participants see on their devices: questions, answer options, and the join screen. This setting is per presentation and lives in the presentation Settings, so different presentations can use different audience languages.
Open any presentation in the editor, or create a new one.
Click the **Settings** icon in the right-hand panel.
In the Settings panel, click **Presentation language** in the left menu.
Use the dropdown to select your audience's language. The change takes effect immediately.
The audience display language is currently available in 37 languages: Azərbaycan, Bahasa Indonesia, Bosanski, Čeština, Dansk, Deutsch, Eesti keel, English, Español, Français, Hrvatski, Íslenska, Italiano, Latviešu Valoda, Lietuvių, Magyar, Nederlands, Norsk, Polski, Português, Română, Shqip, Slovenčina, Slovenščina, Srpski (Latinica), Suomi, Svenska, Tiếng Việt, Türkçe, Български, Македонски, Ελληνικά, Русский, Српски (Ћирилица), 日本語, 中文, and 한국어.
The two settings are independent. Changing your presenter interface language does not change what your audience sees, and changing the audience display language does not change your menus.
## What the language settings do and do not change
Both language settings control the AhaSlides interface only: menus, buttons, the join screen, and system labels such as **Submit** or **Waiting for the presenter**.
Neither setting translates the content you have written yourself. The question titles, answer options, and any other text you typed into your slides stay exactly as you entered them, in whatever language you wrote them in.
Setting the audience display language to French does not turn your English questions into French. To present in another language, write your slide text in that language yourself.
## Frequently asked questions
Click the **globe icon** in the top-right corner of the dashboard. In the dropdown, type in the search box to filter the list — the most popular languages are pinned at the top — then select your preferred language. The interface switches instantly, and the setting applies to your whole account.
Open the presentation, click the **Settings** icon in the right-hand panel, click **Presentation language**, then select your audience's language from the dropdown. This setting is per presentation, so different presentations can use different audience languages.
The presenter interface is available in 32 languages, and the audience display is available in 37 languages. The two lists differ slightly, so a language may be available for one but not the other.
Not fully yet. Arabic is not among the presenter interface or audience display languages listed above, and AhaSlides does not currently offer a right-to-left layout. You can type Arabic (or another RTL language) into your slide text, but it displays left-to-right. If RTL support matters for your use case, email us at [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com) so we can log your request.
The presenter interface language and the audience display language are two independent settings. Changing your menus does not change what your audience sees, and changing the audience display language does not change your menus.
Yes. Because the two settings are independent, you can keep your presenter menus in one language while setting the audience display language to another for a specific presentation.
This is expected. The language settings localise the AhaSlides interface — menus, buttons, the join screen, and system labels — but they do not translate the content you authored. Your slide text stays exactly as you typed it, so if you wrote your questions in English they remain in English whichever language you select. To run the presentation in another language, write the slide text in that language yourself.
If you are still stuck, email us at [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Collecting Audience Information
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/features-and-functions/collecting-audience-information
How to collect audience information on AhaSlides through a join form or an Open Ended or Brainstorm slide, including default and custom fields.
Collect audience information such as names, email addresses, and organisation names from participants before they join your presentation or while they answer an Open Ended or Brainstorm slide.
Collecting audience information is available on all paid plans. Only certain paid plans can view the collected information in the Excel export after the presentation ends. See [Your AhaSlides presentation report](/after-the-presentation/your-ahaslides-presentation-report) for plan details.
## How to collect audience info
You can collect audience info in two places: on the join form, or on an Open Ended or Brainstorm slide.
### In the settings menu
Go to the **Settings** menu and click **Collect audience info**.
Check the box labelled **Ask participants for info before they join**. This shows an entry form that participants fill in when they join your presentation.
Write the heading for your form, then click the button next to **Add fields** to select which information fields to add.
### In an Open Ended or Brainstorm slide
While editing an Open Ended or Brainstorm slide, click the button next to **Collect audience info**. This collects information from participants when they answer that specific slide.
Click the field you want to add.
## Adding information fields
You can add up to 8 fields: 3 default fields (Name, Email, Avatar) and up to 5 custom fields.
### Default fields
To add a default field, choose one of the three default fields after clicking the add button. You cannot rename a default field, but you can edit the question that participants see on their devices.
### Custom fields
To add a custom field, choose **Custom field +** after clicking the add button. A window opens for you to set up the field with these options:
* **Field name**: your internal label, used for sorting or filtering data in the Excel report. Participants do not see this name.
* **Question shown to participants**: the question or label participants see when filling out the form.
* **Required**: turn on this switch to make the field mandatory for participants.
After filling out the fields in the window, click **Add field** to create the custom field. It is then added to the list.
### Reordering and editing fields
To remove a field or mark it as required, click the three-dot button next to it. To rearrange fields, drag them using the six-dot button at the front of each field.
## What participants see on their devices
When participants join your presentation, they see a form prompting them to enter the information you requested before they can join.
When participants join, they see the same background as the slide the presenter is displaying at that moment.
## Seeing collected info in the Excel export
Once participants enter their info, it is stored in the Excel file that contains your full presentation report.
Any user not on the Free plan can download this Excel file from the **Results** tab in the editor toolbar by clicking **Request Excel file**. Open the downloaded file and click the second sheet, labelled **Participants**, to see all collected participant info.
## Frequently asked questions
Go to the **Settings** menu, click **Collect audience info**, check **Ask participants for info before they join**, then add the fields you want. You can also collect info on an individual Open Ended or Brainstorm slide.
Yes — use the join form as an attendance list. In **Settings** → **Collect audience info**, turn on **Ask participants for info before they join** and add the fields you need — for example the **Name** and **Email** default fields, plus a custom field such as *Job title* marked **Required**. Everyone who joins fills the form in before entering, and you can download the full list afterwards from the **Participants** sheet of the Excel report. This is available on paid plans.
After clicking the add button, choose **Custom field +**. You can set an internal field name, the question shown to participants, and whether the field is required.
You can add up to 8 fields: 3 default fields (Name, Email, Avatar) and up to 5 custom fields.
It is stored in the Excel file with your presentation report. Download it from the **Results** tab by clicking **Request Excel file**, then open the second sheet, labelled **Participants**.
Collecting audience information is available on all paid plans. Viewing the collected information in the Excel export is available to any user not on the Free plan.
AhaSlides doesn't have a built-in "response segmentation" or a live in-app filter that splits results by audience group on screen. There are a few ways to get the same outcome:
**Let the report's AI build the segmentation for you (easiest).** Open your [presentation report](/after-the-presentation/your-ahaslides-presentation-report) and use [Ask AI](/ai-powered-features/using-ask-ai-on-your-presentation-report), then ask it to break the responses down by your group field — for example, *"summarise the responses grouped by Team."* It generates the segmented summary from the collected data for you, with no spreadsheet work. (You still need to collect a group field, as below.)
**Break responses down by group (segment or filter in Excel).** If you collect a group field, you can cross-reference it against responses after the presentation:
1. Turn on **Collect audience info** in Settings and add a custom field for the group (for example, "Team"), or collect it via a field on an Open-Ended or Brainstorm slide.
2. After presenting, request the Excel export from the **Report** page.
3. The **Participants** sheet has each participant's ID plus your group field. The **Quiz Answers** and **Opinion Answers** sheets have their responses, linked by the same participant ID.
4. Build a Pivot Table in Excel keyed on participant ID to cross-reference group against responses.
The group info has to be collected during the presentation — it can't be added retroactively.
**Separate responses while presenting or between sessions.** To keep responses apart, use [Hide results](/presenting/hide-results) to keep answers off screen until you're ready, [Stop submission](/presenting/stop-submission) to lock a slide, or [Reset the results](/after-the-presentation/resetting-the-results) to start a fresh session — each reset is recorded as a separate session in your [presentation report](/after-the-presentation/your-ahaslides-presentation-report).
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Import quiz questions from a spreadsheet
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/features-and-functions/creating-and-importing-quiz-questions-from-a-spreadsheet
How to download the AhaSlides quiz template spreadsheet, fill in questions and settings, and import them in bulk as Pick Answer slides.
To save time when making a quiz, you can download the AhaSlides template spreadsheet, fill in your questions and their settings, and import them directly into AhaSlides.
## How does it work?
The Import Spreadsheet feature lets you import a list of quiz questions into AhaSlides. You create the question list in Excel or Google Sheets, then import that list as a series of **Pick Answer** slides in your presentation.
Prefer to have the questions written for you? You can also [generate quizzes and polls directly from an imported PPT or PDF file with AI](/ai-powered-features/generating-quiz-questions-from-imported-ppt-or-pdf-files-on-ahaslides) — no spreadsheet needed.
## How to create and import a spreadsheet for a quiz
Click the **+ New slide** button, then **Import Excel** in the top-right corner of the pop-up.
In the new pop-up, click **Download our template**. You can also [download the template spreadsheet here](https://s3.amazonaws.com/public.ahaslide.com/template-sheet/ahaslides-quiz-template_v2.xlsx).
This downloads an `.xlsx` file that you can open for editing in Excel, Google Sheets, LibreOffice, or Numbers.
In the template spreadsheet, create your questions and answer options — either by typing manually or pasting from elsewhere. You can also set the basic settings of each question on the right side of the spreadsheet.
Please do not delete or modify the rows and columns highlighted in yellow. The first question in the template is an example — make sure to overwrite it with your own first question.
For a quiz question to import successfully without needing further editing in AhaSlides, it must contain:
* A question (maximum 300 characters)
* At least 2 answer options (maximum of 8)
* A time limit (chosen from the provided list)
* One or more answers marked as correct
* Either **yes** or **no** selected in the column labelled "faster answers get more points"
You can find more detail on all of these settings in [How to make and run a quiz](/using-slide-types/how-to-make-and-run-a-quiz).
If any part of a question is left blank, it will still import, but you will need to fill in the missing parts manually in the AhaSlides editor.
Once finished, save or export the file as a Microsoft Excel file (`.xlsx`). Then import it into the **Import spreadsheet** pop-up on AhaSlides.
When you import, a leaderboard slide is automatically generated after the final quiz question. You can add more leaderboard slides by opening the settings of any quiz question slide and toggling on the leaderboard — see [Adding and Deleting a Leaderboard on your Quiz](/features-and-functions/adding-and-deleting-a-leaderboard-on-your-quiz).
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Editing your presentation info
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/features-and-functions/editing-your-presentation-info
Edit your AhaSlides presentation's name, description, thumbnail image, and categories from the Presentation info window in the editor.
The **Presentation info** window is where you edit the details of a presentation — its name, description, cover thumbnail, and categories. To open it, open the presentation in the editor, click the presentation name in the editor header to open its menu, then choose **Presentation info**.
The window contains four fields — **Name**, **Description**, **Thumbnail image**, and **Categories** — with **Cancel** and **Save** buttons at the bottom. Click **Save** to apply your changes, or **Cancel** to discard them.
## Name
The **Name** field sets your presentation's name. It accepts up to **100 characters**.
## Description
The **Description** field is a text area for a short summary of your presentation. It accepts up to **200 characters**. The description appears alongside your thumbnail when you [publish the presentation to the Template Library](/after-the-presentation/publishing-presentation-template-library) or [share a copy with other users](/after-the-presentation/sharing-a-copy-of-your-presentation-with-other-ahaslides-users).
## Thumbnail image
The **Thumbnail image** is your presentation's custom cover image. By default AhaSlides generates a thumbnail automatically, but you can upload your own instead.
1. In the **Thumbnail image** section, click **Add image** if no custom thumbnail is set yet. If one already exists, you will see the current image with **Change image** and **Remove** links instead.
2. Upload or select your image, then crop it to the **16:9** frame.
3. Click **Save** to apply the new thumbnail.
To go back to the automatically generated cover, click **Remove** in the **Thumbnail image** section. Your presentation reverts to the auto-generated thumbnail.
Your thumbnail (together with your description) appears when you [publish the presentation to the Template Library](/after-the-presentation/publishing-presentation-template-library) or [share a copy with other users](/after-the-presentation/sharing-a-copy-of-your-presentation-with-other-ahaslides-users), and as the cover image on your presentation cards in the [My Presentations dashboard](/getting-started/the-my-presentations-dashboard).
## Categories
The **Categories** field is a set of selectable category buttons used to categorise your presentation — for example, when you publish it to the [Template Library](/after-the-presentation/publishing-presentation-template-library). Select the buttons that best describe your presentation, then click **Save**.
The same **Name**, **Description**, **Thumbnail image**, and **Categories** fields are also reachable from the **Settings** panel in the editor, where they are saved with a **Save** button as well.
## Frequently asked questions
Open the presentation in the editor, click the presentation name in the editor header to open its menu, then choose **Presentation info**.
Open **Presentation info**, type the new name in the **Name** field (up to 100 characters), and click **Save**.
Open **Presentation info** and type into the **Description** field (up to 200 characters), then click **Save**. The description appears alongside your thumbnail when you publish the presentation to the Template Library or share a copy with others.
Open **Presentation info**, and in the **Thumbnail image** section click **Add image** (or **Change image** if one already exists). Upload your image, crop it to 16:9, and click **Save**. To go back to the automatic cover, click **Remove**.
Categories are selectable buttons that describe your presentation. They are used to categorise it — for example, when you publish it to the Template Library.
Yes. The same Name, Description, Thumbnail image, and Categories fields also appear in the **Settings** panel of the editor, and are saved with a **Save** button there too.
Your slides and their content are saved **automatically** as you work — there is no manual save for the slides themselves, and your presentation stays in your [My Presentations dashboard](/getting-started/the-my-presentations-dashboard). The **Save** button described above applies only to the **Presentation info** fields (Name, Description, Thumbnail image, and Categories).
*Last updated: 2026-07-20*
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Collaborate on presentations & folders
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/features-and-functions/how-to-collaborate-on-presentations-and-folders
How to add collaborators to AhaSlides presentations and folders as Editor or Presenter, edit and view together, and move presentations across folders.
Collaborative editing lets you work on presentations or folders with other AhaSlides users, whether they are inside your team or outside it.
Collaborating with members of your team plan is available on all plans. See [Managing your team members](/teams-and-enterprise/managing-your-team-members). Collaborating with individuals outside your team is supported on Pro, Edu Large, and Enterprise plans, though all users can use external collaboration during the current promotional offer.
Features of the owner's plan are not shared through collaboration. If you need a paid plan for multiple users, see [Purchasing multiple licenses for AhaSlides Team plan subscription](/payment/purchasing-multiple-licenses-for-ahaslides-team-plan-subscription).
## Adding collaborators to a presentation
There are two ways to add collaborators to a presentation:
* In the presentation editor toolbar, click the icon that shows your profile image and a **+** icon.
* Click the **Share** menu button and choose the **Add Collaborators** tab.
Either option opens the invitation menu. Enter your collaborators' email addresses and choose the **Editor** or **Presenter** role for each one.
For more on the Presenter role, see [Multiple presenters, one presentation with the Presenter role](/features-and-functions/presenter-role).
Once added, collaborators are listed in this menu alongside a dropdown where you can remove them. Each collaborator receives an email telling them they have editing rights in your presentation. You always remain the owner.
### Inviting editors via link
You can also invite Editors using **Invite editors via link** in the **Share** menu. This option does not support the Presenter role.
Turn on the **Invite editors via link** toggle.
A shareable link appears. Click **Copy** to copy it.
Send the link to your collaborators.
When recipients open the link, they are prompted to sign in if they are not already. After signing in, they gain access to your presentation as an Editor.
## Adding collaborators to a folder
From the **My Presentations** view, locate and select the folder you want to share.
Click the **3-dot button** to the right of the folder, or right-click the folder, and choose **Add Collaborators**.
Type the collaborators' email addresses, select a role, then click **Add** to grant access.
The chosen collaborators then have access to the shared folder.
## Adding collaborators to a survey
This feature is currently rolling out and may not be available in your account yet.
You can invite people to work on an [AhaSlides survey](/using-slide-types/using-the-surveys-tool) with you, in the same way you share a presentation. Because a survey has no live session, surveys use two roles only — **Editor** and **Viewer** — and there is no Presenter role.
In the survey editor top bar, click **Share** and choose **Add collaborators**. The other option, **Share with respondents**, is the existing respondent link for collecting answers.
In the **Add collaborators** window, type one or more email addresses in the **Enter emails, comma separated** field, choose a role for them, then click **Add**. Invitations go to people who already have an AhaSlides account.
Pick **Editor** (Edit and view results) to let someone change the survey and see its responses, or **Viewer** (View results only) to let them see the responses without editing.
Everyone with access is listed under **People with access**, grouped into **Editors** and **Viewers**, with you shown as **Owner**. From this list you can change a person's role or **Remove** them, and a collaborator can **Leave** the survey themselves. The owner cannot be removed or changed.
There is a daily limit on how many people you can invite to a survey. If you reach it, wait 24 hours and try again. People you have already invited keep their access.
A Viewer opens the survey in the normal editor in a read-only state, with a bar at the top that reads *You can view this survey, but only the owner and editors can edit it.* Viewers can still see the survey's results, but every editing control is inactive for them.
## Editing and viewing together
It is not yet possible for two people to edit a presentation at the same time. Collaborators can edit and present the same presentation, but only one person can actively edit or present at any given time.
Collaborators can view the presentation while it is being edited. When a collaborator is viewing the same presentation, their profile picture appears in the top toolbar beside the **Invite** button.
When one person is editing and another is viewing, the viewer sees a bar at the top of the editor with two options:
1. **Take over**: pressing this immediately makes you the editor and turns the current editor into a viewer.
2. **Refresh**: pressing this refreshes the page so you can view the latest changes made by the editor.
As long as no one is currently editing or presenting, any collaborator can press **Present** to start presenting immediately, which takes over the presentation.
## Finding shared presentations or folders
As the owner, any presentation or folder you share still appears in your **My Presentations** tab alongside everything else you created.
As a collaborator, any presentation or folder you were invited to appears in the **Shared with Me** tab. To leave a presentation or folder you were invited to, right-click it or click its 3-dot button, then choose **Leave**.
## Moving presentations across folders
You can move a presentation to a folder only if you have edit access to all three of the following: the source folder, the presentation, and the destination folder. To let collaborators move your presentations, move the presentations into a folder and invite the collaborators to that folder as Editor. Only presentations you own can be moved to the root folder of your My Presentations page.
Click the checkbox next to the thumbnail of the presentation. You can select multiple presentations, and the checkbox appears only for presentations you are able to move. Then click **Move to** on the toolbar at the bottom of the page. You can also right-click a presentation, or open its option menu, to find **Move to**.
Choose the destination folder and click **Move**.
The result depends on the folders involved. Moving a presentation from one private folder to another private folder happens immediately. In all other cases, a message about changing access rights appears first; click **Move** to proceed, and the presentation moves to the destination folder.
## Frequently asked questions
In the editor toolbar, click the icon with your profile image and a **+**, or open the **Share** menu and choose **Add Collaborators**. Enter your collaborators' email addresses and give each one the **Editor** role.
No. Collaborators can edit and present the same presentation, but only one person can actively edit or present at any given time. A viewer can press **Take over** to become the editor.
In the **Share** menu, turn on the **Invite editors via link** toggle, then click **Copy** and send the link. Recipients sign in and gain Editor access. This option does not support the Presenter role.
Any presentation or folder you were invited to appears in the **Shared with Me** tab. To leave one, right-click it or click its 3-dot button, then choose **Leave**.
External collaboration is supported on Pro, Edu Large, and Enterprise plans, though all users can use it during the current promotional offer. Collaborating with members of your own team plan is available on all plans.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# How to Preview and Test your Presentation
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/features-and-functions/how-to-preview-and-test-your-presentation
How to use Preview mode on AhaSlides to test your presentation before going live, seeing the presenter and participant screens side by side.
Preview mode lets you see and interact with your own slides the way your audience will during a live event. You can test every interaction before you present for real.
## How preview mode works
Preview mode is a separate mode that lets you see and interact with your own slides, the way your audience would during a real event.
To open Preview mode, go to the presentation editor and click the grey **Preview** button in the top bar.
Once in Preview mode, you see two screens:
1. **The presenter screen**: what your screen looks like during the presentation. This is the screen you share with your audience during your event.
2. **The participant screen**: what each participant's screen looks like during the presentation.
Use the participant screen on the right to interact with the presenter screen on the left. This shows you how your participants will interact with your presentation during the real event.
To move through your presentation and test the interaction on different slides, use the arrows beside the presenter screen, or the left and right arrow keys on your keyboard.
## Exiting preview mode
Once you have finished testing, return to the editor by clicking the **Back to Editor** button in the top-left corner.
## Frequently asked questions
Preview mode is a separate mode that lets you see and interact with your own slides the way your audience would during a real event, so you can test every interaction before you present.
In the presentation editor, click the grey **Preview** button in the top bar. You then see the presenter screen and the participant screen side by side.
Use the participant screen on the right to interact with the presenter screen on the left. Move through your slides with the arrows beside the presenter screen, or the left and right arrow keys.
Click the **Back to Editor** button in the top-left corner to return to the editor.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Show or hide the Get slides button
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/features-and-functions/how-to-show-or-hide-the-audience-get-slides-button
How to show or hide the Get slides button on AhaSlides, the banner that lets participants download your slides, and how to require approval first.
You can show or hide the link that invites participants to download your slides at the end of your presentation.
## What is the audience get slides button?
The audience Get slides button is a small banner that participants see on their devices when you present the final slide. The banner invites your audience to download your slides.
The Get slides button appears on the final slide of every slide type except the Content slide.
## How to hide the audience get slides button
Go to **Settings** in the top toolbar of the editor.
Click **Other settings**.
Uncheck the checkbox labelled **Allow audience to download the slides**.
## How to show the audience get slides button
Go to **Settings** in the top toolbar of the editor, then click **Other settings**.
Check the checkbox labelled **Allow audience to download the slides**.
To approve each download yourself, check the **Require my approval** box under **Allow audience to download the slides**. With this enabled, you can approve or deny each download request from your audience.
## Frequently asked questions
It is a small banner participants see on their devices when you present the final slide, inviting them to download your slides. It appears on the final slide of every slide type except the Content slide.
Go to **Settings** in the top toolbar, click **Other settings**, then check **Allow audience to download the slides**.
Go to **Settings**, click **Other settings**, then uncheck **Allow audience to download the slides**.
Under **Allow audience to download the slides**, check the **Require my approval** box. You can then approve or deny each download request from your audience.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Use LaTeX in question titles
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/features-and-functions/how-to-use-latex-in-ahaslides
Two ways to add LaTeX equations to AhaSlides question titles, what KaTeX supports, and how invalid syntax is handled.
LaTeX lets you display mathematical equations and scientific notation directly in your question titles — no image uploads needed. It renders on both the presenter view and all participant devices simultaneously.
## How to Add LaTeX
There are two ways to enter LaTeX in the canvas editor.
Open the canvas editor and click the **LaTeX** icon in the toolbar. Type your equation in the dialog box — there's no need to wrap it in `$` signs. Confirm to render it in your slide.
Click into the question title field and wrap your equation in `$` signs — for example, `$x^2 + y^2 = z^2$`. Press space or click outside the text box, and it converts to rendered LaTeX automatically.
## What's Supported
AhaSlides uses KaTeX to render LaTeX. This covers most standard equations and scientific notation, but it does not support full LaTeX document syntax. Commands like `\documentclass` or `\begin{document}` won't work — write only the equation part.
## Error Handling
If you enter invalid LaTeX syntax, the editor shows an error message rather than breaking your slide. Fix the syntax and the equation renders correctly, without affecting your presentation flow.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Import and sync slides from Google Drive
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/features-and-functions/import-and-sync-slides-from-cloud-storage
Import a Google Slides or PowerPoint file from Google Drive into AhaSlides, then keep it connected to update, edit at source, or disconnect anytime.
You can import a presentation straight from your Google Drive into AhaSlides and keep it connected to the original file. Once connected, a cloud-sync toolbar lets you pull the latest version from the source, open the source file to edit it, or disconnect whenever you like — so your AhaSlides deck stays in step with the Google Drive original.
This is different from two other Google Slides features. This article covers importing a Google Drive presentation **into** AhaSlides. To embed a published Google Slides deck as a single slide, see [Using your Google Slides presentation with AhaSlides](/using-slide-types/using-your-google-slides-presentation-with-ahaslides). To build interactive slides **inside** Google Slides, see [Using the AhaSlides add-on in Google Slides](/integrations/using-the-ahaslides-add-on-in-google-slides).
## How to import from Google Drive
In the AhaSlides editor, open the presentation you want to add the slides to, then click the **Import** button. This opens the **Import slides** modal, where you can sync or upload PowerPoint and PDF files.
In the modal, click **Sync with Google Drive**. Sign in to your Google account when prompted, then pick a Google Slides or PowerPoint presentation from your Drive.
AhaSlides brings the presentation in and adds each slide to your deck. The imported slides stay connected to the source file so you can update them later.
A small cloud icon appears next to each synced slide in the slide panel. Hover over it to see **Synced with Google Drive**, so you can tell at a glance which slides came from a connected source.
## Keeping slides in sync
When a synced slide is selected, a cloud-sync toolbar appears above it, showing the source file name and a cloud status icon. From the toolbar you can:
Click **Update** to pull the latest version of the file from Google Drive and refresh the imported slides. The toolbar shows when the deck was last synced.
Click the pencil (edit) button to open the original file in Google Slides in a new tab. Make your changes there, then come back and click **Update** to bring them into AhaSlides.
Open the three-dots menu and choose **Disconnect from source**. The imported slides stay in your presentation as standalone slides but no longer sync with the original file.
In the same three-dots menu, choose **Log out from Google Drive** to sign out of the connected Google account.
Disconnecting keeps the slides you already imported — they simply stop syncing. To reconnect later, import the file again from Google Drive.
## What happens to synced slides
Each imported slide is displayed as a separate [Content slide](/using-slide-types/using-the-content-slide) containing a static image of the original. As with any [imported PowerPoint or PDF file](/features-and-functions/importing-a-powerpoint-presentation-or-pdf-file), animations, embedded audio, embedded video, and links are not carried across, but you can still add text, images, GIFs, and emojis to each Content slide, and place interactive AhaSlides slides between them.
Syncing from **OneDrive** is coming soon. The **Sync with OneDrive** option appears in the Import slides modal with a **Coming soon** badge; you can opt in for early access from there.
## Frequently asked questions
In the AhaSlides editor, open a presentation and click the **Import** button. In the **Import slides** modal, click **Sync with Google Drive**, sign in, and pick a Google Slides or PowerPoint presentation from your Drive.
Select a synced slide, then click **Update** on the cloud-sync toolbar. AhaSlides pulls the latest version from Google Drive and refreshes the imported slides. You can also click the pencil button on the toolbar to open the source file in Google Slides first.
Select a synced slide, open the three-dots menu on the cloud-sync toolbar, and choose **Disconnect from source**. The slides stay in your presentation as standalone slides and no longer sync with the original file.
Not yet. The **Sync with OneDrive** option appears in the Import slides modal with a **Coming soon** badge, where you can opt in for early access. For now, syncing is available from Google Drive.
Each slide is imported as a static image on a Content slide, so animations, embedded audio, embedded video, and links are not imported. See [Importing a PowerPoint presentation or PDF file](/features-and-functions/importing-a-powerpoint-presentation-or-pdf-file) for how to add a video back as its own slide.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Import a PowerPoint or PDF file
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/features-and-functions/importing-a-powerpoint-presentation-or-pdf-file
Import PPT, PPTX, or PDF files into AhaSlides and layer in live interactive slides — available on all plans with a 50 MB or 100-slide file limit.
You can import a PowerPoint or PDF file into AhaSlides in PPT, PPTX, or PDF format. After importing, you can place interactive AhaSlides slides between your imported slides, so you present your information as usual and add interactive questions at any point.
You can import any PowerPoint or PDF file up to 50 MB and 100 slides. Larger files may take a while to fully import.
You can also import a presentation straight from your Google Drive and keep it connected to the original file — see [Syncing slides from Google Drive](/features-and-functions/import-and-sync-slides-from-cloud-storage).
## Where to Find the Import Button
There are two ways to import your file into AhaSlides.
On the **My Presentations** dashboard, click the **Import** button. A pop-up window asks you to browse your computer for your PPT, PPTX, or PDF file. You can also drag and drop your file onto the window.
In the AhaSlides editor, you can import a file into an existing presentation. Open the presentation you want to add the file to, then click the **Import** button. Once the import completes, the imported slides are added to the end of your presentation.
## Import Options
After selecting the file to upload, you have three options:
Imports your file as slides, then AI suggests and inserts interactive slides after relevant sections.
Uses AI to create interactive slides from your file content, without importing the originals.
Imports your file exactly as it is. You can use AI to generate interactive slides later.
To begin importing, choose one option and click **Start**.
For more on generating slides with AI, see [Generating slides from imported files on AhaSlides](/ai-powered-features/generating-quiz-questions-from-imported-ppt-or-pdf-files-on-ahaslides).
## Faster Imports with Progressive Loading
When you import a file from your device, your slides now appear in the list one at a time as they finish importing, instead of sitting behind a single loading screen until the whole deck is done. You can preview and edit the slides that have already arrived while the rest keep importing in the background. Behind the scenes, imports are also faster and more reliable, so large decks import more dependably and are less likely to fail partway through.
This progressive loading applies to files imported from your device. Other import routes — AI chatbot uploads and [Google Drive or OneDrive sync](/features-and-functions/import-and-sync-slides-from-cloud-storage) — work the same as before for now.
## What Happens to an Imported PowerPoint or PDF
Once imported, each slide of your file is displayed as a separate [Content slide](/using-slide-types/using-the-content-slide). These slides contain static images of each original slide, so animations, embedded audio, embedded video, and links are not imported into AhaSlides. Each slide still has the functionality of a normal Content slide, which means you can add text, images, GIFs, and emojis.
Each imported slide is named with its slide number followed by the name of the file you uploaded. You can rename these in the **Content** tab of each slide, but the name is only for your own navigation because your audience cannot see slide names.
### Adding Back a Video That Was in Your PowerPoint
A video embedded in your original deck does not survive the import — the slide it was on arrives as a still image, so there is nothing to press play on. Add the video back as its own slide in AhaSlides instead:
* If the video is on YouTube, use a [YouTube slide](/using-slide-types/how-to-use-youtube-slides-on-ahaslides).
* If it is on another supported platform, or you have embed code for it, use an [Embed slide](/using-slide-types/using-the-embed-slide).
* If it is a video file on your computer, upload it to YouTube first and then use a YouTube slide. If you would rather not put it on YouTube, upload it into a Google Slides presentation and bring that deck in with a [Google Slides slide](/using-slide-types/using-your-google-slides-presentation-with-ahaslides) — the video plays from inside the Google Slides deck.
AhaSlides has no direct video-file upload. Videos are always added by link, whichever route you take.
## Making a PowerPoint Interactive
You cannot make the imported slides themselves interactive, apart from the default emoji reactions. To add interaction, you can [generate slides using AI](/ai-powered-features/generating-quiz-questions-from-imported-ppt-or-pdf-files-on-ahaslides), or place AhaSlides interactive slides between your imported slides to encourage responses from your audience.
## Troubleshooting a Stuck or Failed Import
If your file will not import, or gets stuck on "loading," it is usually caused by one of the following:
* The file is over the 50MB / 100-slide import limit — decks over 100 slides can't be imported at all.
* Heavy embedded video, animations, or high-resolution images slow processing. These are not imported anyway — only static images are kept.
* The file is corrupted or was exported in an unusual format.
* Your connection dropped mid-upload, leaving the import stuck on "loading."
To fix it:
Split the file into decks of 100 slides or fewer and import each separately, then reorder the slides within AhaSlides. Or use the [PowerPoint Add-in](/integrations/using-powerpoint-s-ahaslides-add-in) instead — it embeds a live AhaSlides slide rather than importing or converting the file, so it isn't subject to the 100-slide limit at all.
Re-export or convert the file to PDF, then retry the import.
Use Chrome, clear your browser cache, or switch networks, then retry.
If it's stuck on "loading" for a few minutes, refresh the page and retry.
Still stuck? Contact support at [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com) with the file attached.
## Frequently Asked Questions
Click the **Import** button on the **My Presentations** dashboard, or the **Import** button inside the editor to add a file to an existing presentation. Browse for your PPT, PPTX, or PDF file, or drag and drop it onto the window.
Yes. AhaSlides accepts PPT, PPTX, and PDF files through the same Import button.
You can import any PowerPoint or PDF file up to 50 MB and 100 slides. Larger files may take a while to fully import.
Each slide is imported as a static image on a Content slide, so animations, embedded audio, embedded video, and links are not imported. You can still add text, images, GIFs, and emojis to each Content slide.
The slide came across as a still image, so the video is not there to play. Add it back as its own slide: a [YouTube slide](/using-slide-types/how-to-use-youtube-slides-on-ahaslides) for a YouTube video, an [Embed slide](/using-slide-types/using-the-embed-slide) for other supported platforms or embed code, or a [Google Slides slide](/using-slide-types/using-your-google-slides-presentation-with-ahaslides) if you want to play a video file without putting it on YouTube.
It is working — you just can't see it. The imported slide arrives as a static image sized to fill the AhaSlides slide, so it sits on top of the AhaSlides background and hides it completely. Changing the background colour or image updates the layer underneath, which stays covered. Resize or move the imported image and the new background appears behind it. To change the design of the original PowerPoint content itself, edit the PPT file and import it again. For a slide brought in from another **AhaSlides** presentation, use **Design > Customize > Apply to other slides** instead — see [How to use and create a presentation theme](/branding/design-your-theme-on-ahaslides).
You cannot make the imported slides themselves interactive, apart from default emoji reactions. Instead, use AI to generate interactive slides, or place AhaSlides interactive slides between your imported slides.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Moving and Editing Multiple Slides
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/features-and-functions/moving-and-editing-multiple-slides
You can move, edit, duplicate, and delete multiple slides at once, either from the navigation column or in Grid View.
You can move, edit, duplicate, and delete multiple slides at once, either from the navigation column or in Grid View.
## Editing Slides Without Grid View
To quickly select multiple slides, use the navigation column on the left of the editor.
* Hold **CTRL** and click each slide to select it.
* Hold **SHIFT** and click to select a range of slides from one point to another.
## What Is Grid View?
Grid View shows all the slides in your presentation in a grid, so you can preview the whole presentation at once. For presentations with many slides, Grid View is the easiest way to rearrange, delete, and edit multiple slides.
## Editing Slides With Grid View
### Opening Grid View
To open Grid View, click **Grid View** at the bottom of the left-hand panel. To close it, click **Close** in the right corner of the bottom panel.
### Selecting Multiple Slides
To select multiple slides, click the **Select** button in the top panel, click the slides you want, then click **Done** when finished.
You can also use keyboard shortcuts: hold **CTRL** and click each slide to select it, or hold **SHIFT** and click to select a range of slides.
### Editing Multiple Slides
Grid View lets you edit the backgrounds and audio of multiple slides at the same time. Select the slides you want to edit, then use the right-hand panel:
* Under the **Design** tab, you can change text colour, base colour, background image, and background visibility.
* Under the **Audio** tab, you can add an audio track and edit its playback settings.
### Moving Individual or Multiple Slides
In Grid View, you can drag and drop one or more slides to a different position.
* To move a single slide, select it and drag it to your desired position.
* To move multiple slides, select the slides, drag them to your desired position, then click **Done** when finished.
You can also use the **Rearrange** button in the bottom panel. Select the slides you want to move, click **Rearrange**, then select the position you want to move them to.
### Duplicating Multiple Slides
To duplicate multiple slides at once, select the slides you want and click the **Duplicate** button in the bottom panel.
### Copying Multiple Slides to Other Presentations
To copy slides to another presentation, select the slides and click the **Copy to** button in the bottom panel. Then select the destination presentation and the position for the copied slides within it.
This is a quick way to merge two presentations into one. Create a new presentation, then use the **Copy to** button to copy the slides you want from each existing presentation into it.
### Clearing Audience Response Data on Multiple Slides
To erase audience response data across multiple slides, select the slides, then click **Clear result** in the panel.
### Deleting Multiple Slides
To delete multiple slides at once, click the **Select** button, select the slides you want to delete, and click **Done**. Then click the **Delete** button in the panel.
## Frequently Asked Questions
In the navigation column or in Grid View, hold **CTRL** and click each slide, or hold **SHIFT** and click to select a range. In Grid View you can also click the **Select** button, click the slides, then click **Done**.
Grid View shows all your slides in a grid so you can preview the whole presentation at once, which makes rearranging, deleting, and editing many slides easier. Open it by clicking **Grid View** at the bottom of the left-hand panel.
In Grid View, select the slides, then use the right-hand panel. The **Design** tab edits text colour, base colour, background image, and background visibility, and the **Audio** tab adds a track and edits its playback settings.
Select the slides in Grid View, then click **Duplicate** in the bottom panel. To copy them into another presentation, click **Copy to**, then choose the destination presentation and position.
Click the **Select** button, select the slides you want to delete, click **Done**, then click the **Delete** button in the panel.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Participant Verification
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/features-and-functions/participant-verification
How to require participants to authenticate with Google, Microsoft, or SSO before joining your presentation, and when to use it.
With Participant Verification, your participants must log in via Google, Microsoft, or SSO before they can join your presentation.
## How to Enable Participant Verification
Open the presentation you want to protect.
Go to **Settings** then **Participant access**.
Enable the option **Participants must log in to join**.
## On the Participant's Side
Once you enable this feature, all participants must authenticate with Google, Microsoft, or SSO to access the presentation. If a participant is already logged in with one of these accounts, the login step is skipped and they join the presentation as normal.
## Use Cases
This feature is valuable for:
* **Corporate training and webinars:** restrict access to employees or registered attendees to protect sensitive company information and training materials.
* **Educational settings:** verify student identities before sharing coursework, exams, or grade-related content.
* **Confidential client meetings:** ensure only authenticated users can access proprietary discussions or client data.
* **Invitation-only events:** control attendance at exclusive presentations or restricted briefings.
We're continuously improving Participant Verification. Future updates will add more authentication options and controls.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Presenter role for co-presenting
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/features-and-functions/presenter-role
Invite collaborators as Presenter to run the same presentation independently, see what permissions they get, and view each session's report.
The Presenter role lets multiple presenters run the same presentation at the same time without affecting each other. You can view each presenter's session report separately, while each presenter can view only their own sessions.
The Presenter role does not work on the PowerPoint add-in. If you want multiple users to use the same presentation through the add-in, they each need their own copy. Features of the owner's plan are not shared through collaboration. If you need a paid plan for multiple users, see [Purchasing multiple licenses for AhaSlides Team plan subscription](/payment/purchasing-multiple-licenses-for-ahaslides-team-plan-subscription).
## Inviting Collaborators as Presenter
There are two ways to add collaborators to your presentation:
In the presentation editor toolbar, click the icon that shows your profile image and a **+** icon. Or click the **Share** menu button and choose the **Add Collaborators** tab.
Enter your collaborators' email addresses and choose the **Presenter** role for each one.
Collaborators can then use your presentation at any time, each with their own unique join link and QR code. Even though they use the same presentation, each session runs independently from the others.
## How the Presenter Role Works
A collaborator added as Presenter finds your presentation on the **Shared with me** page after logging in with their own AhaSlides account. Each presenter must use their own AhaSlides account — presenters cannot share a single login. If you need several people to present at the same time, add each of them as a collaborator with the Presenter role.
A Presenter gains these permissions in your presentation:
* View the presentation
* Present the presentation
* Reset results
* View the report and export the results of their own sessions
A Presenter cannot edit the presentation. When you make changes to the presentation as the owner, collaborators with the Presenter role can click **Get the latest** to receive the updated version.
## Viewing the Report of Each Session
As the presentation owner, you can view reports for sessions run by you and by your collaborators. A new session is recorded each time anyone resets the presentation's results.
To see all sessions, open the [report page of the presentation](/after-the-presentation/your-ahaslides-presentation-report) and click the **Session list** box next to the owner's name. A window opens with the list of sessions for you to select.
Collaborators with the Presenter role can access reports only for the sessions they ran themselves.
## Frequently Asked Questions
Add them as collaborators with the **Presenter** role: click the profile-image-and-**+** icon in the editor toolbar, or open the **Share** menu and choose **Add Collaborators**, then enter their emails and assign the Presenter role. Each presenter gets their own join link and QR code.
A Presenter can view the presentation, present it, reset results, and view and export the report for their own sessions. They run independent sessions that do not affect other presenters.
No. Each presenter must use their own AhaSlides account — presenters cannot share a single login. To have several people present at the same time, add each of them as a collaborator with the Presenter role instead of sharing one account; each presenter then gets their own join link and their own session report.
The Presenter role intentionally excludes editing. When you make changes as the owner, presenters can click **Get the latest** to receive the updated version.
As the owner, open the report page and click the **Session list** box next to your name to select any session run by you or your presenters. Presenters themselves can only access reports for sessions they ran.
The Presenter role requires the Pro plan. It also does not work on the PowerPoint add-in.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Reactions on AhaSlides
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/features-and-functions/reactions-on-ahaslides
How to enable audience reactions on AhaSlides and choose which reactions participants can send during your presentation.
You can let your audience send live reactions during your presentation, so participants can respond in the moment without interrupting the flow.
## How to Enable Reactions
While editing your presentation, click **Settings**.
Click **Advanced**.
Choose which reactions your audience can send during the presentation by checking the boxes under them: Like, Love, Haha, Wow, and Sad.
You can offer as few or as many as you like — participants only see the reactions you check. Once enabled, your audience can tap them on their devices, and they appear live during your presentation.
## How to Turn Reactions Off
There is no single on/off switch, so you turn the feature off by **unchecking all reactions**. With none checked, no reaction bar appears on your participants' screens.
In your dashboard, open the presentation in the editor.
Click **Settings** in the editor.
This is where the reaction options live.
You will see the five reactions, each with its own checkbox below it.
Uncheck every reaction, one by one, until none are left checked. Reactions are now off for this presentation.
Reactions are set per presentation, so unchecking them here turns them off for this presentation only — your other presentations keep their own settings.
## Frequently Asked Questions
Go to **Settings**, click **Advanced**, and uncheck all five reactions. With none checked, no reaction bar appears on participants' devices.
While editing your presentation, click **Settings**, click **Advanced**, and check the boxes under the reactions you want to enable. Your audience can then tap them on their devices during the presentation.
Your audience can send Like, Love, Haha, Wow, and Sad reactions.
Under **Settings** then **Advanced**, check the boxes under the reactions your audience can send. Only the ones you choose appear on participants' devices.
No. Reactions let participants respond in the moment without interrupting the flow, and they appear live on screen during your presentation.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Running a Team Quiz
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/features-and-functions/running-a-team-quiz
Run a team quiz on AhaSlides by enabling teamplay, setting up teams and scoring rules, then see how participants join teams and compete for points.
You can set up a quiz to be played in teams, and choose the scoring rules and team names. Players join teams and compete for points against the other teams.
The team quiz feature is available only on the Edu Medium, Edu Large, Pro, and Enterprise plans.
## How a Team Quiz Works
When teamplay is enabled, players join teams to compete for points against other teams. Before presenting, you set up the teams and the scoring rules. When a player joins, they are asked to select one of the teams you created.
## How to Set Up Your Teams
In the presentation editor, go to **Settings**, then **General quiz settings**.
Click the switch next to **Play as team**, then click the blue **Set up** text. The team setup menu appears.
Set the number of teams that will play and the maximum number of players allowed in each team. If you do not know these numbers yet, estimate a high number so everyone can join the team they want.
* Maximum number of teams: 500
* Maximum team size: 1200
Choose one of three scoring rules:
1. **Average score of all members**, including zero points for members who answer incorrectly or do not answer.
2. **Total score of all members**. This rule handicaps teams with fewer members.
3. **Fastest answer only**, which registers only the score of the fastest answer from each team, even if it is incorrect.
Change the team names. If you plan to let players choose their own team names, they need to tell you the name so you can enter it here.
To hide individual rankings on the players' screens, turn on **Hide individual leaderboard**. As the presenter, you can still switch between team and individual leaderboards.
Individual teams have no delete button. To remove a team, lower the **number of teams** in the team setup. AhaSlides removes empty teams first and keeps any team that already has players, so you can drop an unused team without disturbing the rest. You cannot reduce the number below the count of teams that already have members — if you try, AhaSlides tells you the number cannot be lowered while those teams have players.
## How Participants Join Teams
When you present your quiz, participants are asked to enter their name, choose an avatar, and select one of the teams you set up. While they are still on the lobby screen, they can change team by clicking the **(change team)** text.
On the presenter screen, you can see which players joined which team in the quiz lobby.
You can add a new team from the quiz lobby by clicking the **+ Add a team** button in the centre. Players can join the new team immediately, but you cannot edit its name.
When you reach a leaderboard in your quiz, you see the scores of each team. Click **Show Individual Ranking** to reveal how each player on each team is performing.
## Frequently Asked Questions
In the presentation editor, go to **Settings**, then **General quiz settings**, turn on the switch next to **Play as team**, and click **Set up**. From there you set the number of teams, team size, scoring rules, and team names.
You choose one of three scoring rules: the average score of all members (including zeros), the total score of all members (which handicaps larger teams less), or the fastest answer only from each team.
When you present, participants enter their name, choose an avatar, and select one of the teams you set up. They can still change team from the lobby screen by clicking **(change team)**.
Yes. In the team setup, turn on **Hide individual leaderboard** to hide individual rankings on players' screens. As the presenter, you can still switch between team and individual leaderboards.
Individual teams have no delete button. Lower the **number of teams** in the team setup and AhaSlides removes teams without any players first, keeping the teams that already have members. For example, with five teams where four have players and one is empty, setting the number to four removes the empty team. You cannot go below the count of teams that already have members.
The team quiz feature is available only on the Edu Medium, Edu Large, Pro, and Enterprise plans.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Skip/Hide Slide While Presenting
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/features-and-functions/skip-hide-slide-while-presenting
How to skip (hide) and unskip slides so they are bypassed while presenting without deleting them.
The Skip Slide feature lets you temporarily hide slides from your presentation without deleting them. This is useful when you want to keep certain slides for future use but don't need them in your current session.
## How to Skip a Slide
In the slide list, right-click the slide you want to skip (or click the small three-dot button to the left of it) and choose **Skip slide**.
It is then hidden under an **eye icon**, and a message appears stating that the slide will be skipped when presenting.
## What Happens During Your Presentation
When you start presenting, any skipped slides are automatically bypassed. For example, if you skip slide 2, moving forward from slide 1 takes you directly to slide 3.
## Unskipping a Slide
To include a skipped slide in your presentation again, right-click it (or click the three-dot button) and select **Unskip slide**. Alternatively, click **Unskip** next to the message "This slide is skipped while presenting" in the slide canvas.
The hidden eye icon disappears, and the slide appears normally during your next presentation.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Add slide audio and sound effects
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/features-and-functions/slide-audio-presentation-audio-and-sound-effects
Set up Slide audio and Presentation audio on AhaSlides, see how the two interact, and enable or disable sound effects on presenter and participant screens.
You can play audio on a single slide (Slide audio) or across the whole presentation (Presentation audio), and you can turn sound effects on or off for greater control over the experience.
Slide audio and Presentation audio are available only on paid plans. Sound effects are available on all plans.
## How Audio Works
On AhaSlides, you can set audio to play on each slide as you present (Slide audio) or throughout the entire presentation (Presentation audio). **Slide audio** is added per slide, and how depends on the slide type: on interactive slides use the **music-notes** icon in the **Content** tab of the right-hand editing panel, and on [Content v2](/using-slide-types/using-the-content-v2-slide) slides insert an **Audio** block instead. **Presentation audio** and the sound-effect toggles sit in the **Music & sound** tab of your presentation **Settings**.
Slide audio can play on participants' devices, but Presentation audio cannot. Presentation audio autoplays only on the presenter's device for the duration of the presentation.
While you present, move your mouse to reveal the presenting controls in the top-left corner of the slide. The **Speaker icon** there is the volume control for everything you hear on the presenter screen — Slide audio, Presentation audio, and sound effects:
* Click the icon to mute or unmute.
* Hover over the icon to reveal a slider and set the volume level.
Your volume setting is remembered in that browser, so it carries over the next time you present.
When both Presentation audio and Slide audio are set up, Slide audio takes priority on the slides that have it. Any slide without Slide audio reverts to playing the Presentation audio.
The quiz Lobby screen always has its own music. You can only silence it with the volume control described above. You cannot set up audio on the Spinner Wheel, YouTube slide, or QR Code slide.
## How to Set Up Slide Audio
The steps below cover interactive slides. On a [Content v2](/using-slide-types/using-the-content-v2-slide) slide, audio is added differently — insert an **Audio** block from the **Media** section of the **+ Insert** panel; see [Adding Audio](/using-slide-types/using-the-content-v2-slide#adding-audio). On the original **Content** slide, the editor prompts you to create a Content v2 slide first. You cannot set up audio on the Spinner Wheel, YouTube, or QR Code slides.
Select the slide you want to play audio on and open the **Content** tab in the right-hand editing panel. Click the **music-notes** icon to open the audio menu.
Pick a track from the AhaSlides audio library, or click **Upload audio** to add your own. Uploads must be mp3 format with a maximum size of 15 MB.
Once a track is set, click the **Audio settings** button next to the music-notes icon to open the playback settings:
* **Auto-play**: the audio plays immediately when you arrive at the slide. This is **off by default** — turn it on if you want the track to start on its own while you present.
* **Repeat**: the audio plays again automatically when it finishes.
* **Play on audience devices**: the audio plays through the audience's devices as well as the presenter's. When on, a **Show media controls** option lets the audience play, pause, and adjust the volume on their own devices.
To remove a track, reopen the **music-notes** icon and click **Delete**.
Some devices prevent audio from playing automatically. On those devices, the participant sees a prompt to press the play button.
## How to Set Up Presentation Audio
Open your presentation **Settings**, then go to the **Music & sound** tab.
Under **Presentation audio**, select a song from the dropdown.
You cannot upload your own audio file as Presentation audio yet. Presentation audio does not play on slides that already have Slide audio.
## How Sound Effects Work
Sound effects can play on both the presenter screen and participants' devices, depending on the interaction.
On the presenter screen, sound effects help guide the flow of the presentation:
* **Micro-interactions**: button clicks and answer reveals
* **Transitions**: moving to the next slide, a QR code appearing, submissions closing
* **High-impact moments**: countdowns, drumrolls, leaderboard reveals
* **Atmosphere**: background music as participants join, from start to finish
On participants' devices, sound effects provide feedback during interactions:
* When submitting answers on quiz slides
* Result notifications, including correct or incorrect answers, time's up, and answer streaks
## How to Enable or Disable Sound Effects
Open your presentation **Settings**, then go to the **Music & sound** tab.
Under **Sound effects**, use the toggles next to **On the presenting screen** or **On participants' devices** to enable or disable them.
## Frequently Asked Questions
Slide audio plays on a single slide and can play on participants' devices. Presentation audio plays across the whole presentation but autoplays only on the presenter's device.
On an interactive slide, open the **Content** tab, click the **music-notes** icon, and choose a track from the library or click **Upload audio** to add your own mp3 (up to 15 MB). The **Audio settings** button next to the icon then holds Auto-play, Repeat, and Play on audience devices. On a [Content v2](/using-slide-types/using-the-content-v2-slide#adding-audio) slide, insert an **Audio** block from the **Media** section instead.
The most common cause is that **Auto-play** is off — it's off by default. Open the slide's **Audio settings** (the button next to the music-notes icon in the **Content** tab) and turn on **Auto-play** so the track starts when you reach the slide. To have the audience hear it on their own phones too, turn on **Play on audience devices**.
Slide audio takes priority on the slides that have it. Any slide without Slide audio reverts to playing the Presentation audio.
Open your presentation **Settings**, go to the **Music & sound** tab, and under **Sound effects** use the toggles for **On the presenting screen** and **On participants' devices**.
Slide audio and Presentation audio are available only on paid plans. Sound effects are available on all plans.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Undo/Redo Function on AhaSlides
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/features-and-functions/undo-redo-function-on-ahaslides
How to use Undo/Redo in the AhaSlides editor, the keyboard shortcuts, and which slide types and elements are supported.
AhaSlides supports an Undo/Redo function that lets you easily reverse or reapply changes made while editing a slide. Whether you've added, updated, or deleted content, you can quickly undo or redo your actions with a single click — helping you work more confidently and efficiently.
## How to Use Undo/Redo
You'll see the **Undo** and **Redo** buttons at the top left of the slide editor. Use these buttons or the standard keyboard shortcuts:
* **Undo:** `Ctrl + Z` (Windows) / `Cmd + Z` (Mac)
* **Redo:** `Ctrl + Y` (Windows) / `Cmd + Shift + Z` (Mac)
## What Can You Undo/Redo?
You can undo or redo any modification (add, update, or delete) made to the elements of the active slide. The feature is currently available on the slide types below, with the supported elements listed for each.
| Slide type | Supported elements |
| ------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| Pick Answer | Title (question): text, image · Options: text, images, mark as correct |
| Short Answer | Title (question): text, image · Correct answer · Other correct answers |
| Spinner Wheel | Title (heading): text · Entries |
| Match Pairs | Title (question): text, image · Pairs: texts, images |
| Correct Order | Title (question): text, image · Options (statements): text, order |
| Categorise | Title (question): text · Categories: category name · Items (options) |
| Poll | Title (question): text, image · Options: text, images, mark as correct |
| Open-Ended | Title (question): text, image |
| Word Cloud | Title (question): text, image |
| Rating Scale | Title (question): text, image · Scale labels: low, mid, high |
| Brainstorm | Title (question): text, image |
| Q\&A | Title (question): text, image |
| Content | Canvas blocks |
| Heading | Canvas blocks |
| List | Options (bullet points) |
| Image | Heading · Image · Caption |
| YouTube | Video · Caption |
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Upload Image Guidelines for AhaSlides
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/features-and-functions/upload-image-guidelines-for-ahaslides
Image upload guidelines for AhaSlides, covering supported formats, maximum file size, recommended dimensions, resolution limits, and post-upload compression.
For the best image quality on AhaSlides, follow the guidelines below.
## Supported Image Formats
AhaSlides supports JPEG, PNG, and GIF images. After upload, images are automatically optimised and converted to .webm format to improve performance and playback speed.
## Maximum File Size
The maximum upload file size is 15 MB.
## Image Dimensions and Aspect Ratio
Images look best when their aspect ratio closely matches your presentation screen ratio. The standard screen ratios are:
* **16:9**, the most common
* **4:3**
You can use other dimensions, but matching your presentation ratio gives the best visual results.
## Resolution Recommendations
For full-screen background images, use 2K resolution (2560 x 1440). This keeps the display sharp while maintaining smooth performance, even on large screens or projectors. The maximum supported resolution after processing is 2560 x 1440 (2K).
Original-quality background rendering is not supported.
## Image Compression and Quality
All uploaded images are automatically optimised to keep presentations running smoothly. There is no option to disable compression or preserve original quality after upload.
## Presentation Rendering
During playback, presentations are rendered locally on the presenter's device rather than streamed from AhaSlides servers. This helps keep performance stable and responsive during live sessions.
## Frequently Asked Questions
AhaSlides supports JPEG, PNG, and GIF images. After upload, images are automatically optimised and converted to .webm format to improve performance.
The maximum upload file size is 15 MB.
Use 2K resolution (2560 x 1440), which is also the maximum supported resolution after processing. This keeps the display sharp while maintaining smooth performance on large screens and projectors.
Images look best when their aspect ratio closely matches your presentation screen ratio, most commonly 16:9 or 4:3. Other dimensions work, but matching your presentation ratio gives the best visual results.
No. All uploaded images are automatically compressed and optimised, and there is no option to disable compression or preserve original quality after upload.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Browse and use the Template Library
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/getting-started/ahaslides-template-library
Find ready-made interactive presentations for quizzes, polls, icebreakers, and team meetings — then customise them in minutes for your own session.
The AhaSlides Template Library is a time-saving feature that allows you to download and customize ready-made templates for your presentations.
## Accessing the Template Library
Once logged in, navigate to the left-side panel.
In the menu, find the **Templates** category and click on it to browse through a variety of pre-made templates.
## Downloading a Template
Once in the Template Library, you'll see a list of templates designed for various purposes.
Click on a template to see a summary of the slides it contains.
Click the **Get Template** button to download the template. It will automatically be added to your list of presentations, and the editor will open with the template ready for you to start working on.
Any downloaded template will also include response data. Remember to reset the results before you use it. Find out how to [reset results here](/after-the-presentation/resetting-the-results).
## Searching for Specific Templates
Use the search bar — if you're looking for something specific, just type your keywords in the search bar to find the template that matches your needs.
## Start Editing or Presenting
Once the template is added to your list, you can either start editing the slides to fit your presentation goals or use it as is for your session.
The AhaSlides Template Library is growing all the time, so remember to check back regularly for new presentations that can save you a lot of time.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Create your AhaSlides account
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/getting-started/creating-your-ahaslides-account
Sign up for AhaSlides using email, Google, Microsoft, or SSO. No credit card required — the free plan is permanent with up to 50 live participants.
Welcome to AhaSlides! Follow these simple steps to create your AhaSlides account, using the method that works best for you.
Open [presenter.ahaslides.com/pages/register](https://presenter.ahaslides.com/pages/register).
Enter your email and choose a password.
Type your full name into the form.
Click **Sign Up** to create your account.
Open [presenter.ahaslides.com/pages/register](https://presenter.ahaslides.com/pages/register).
Click the **Sign up with Microsoft** option.
Select the email account you would like to sign up with.
Complete the Microsoft sign-in prompt.
Open [presenter.ahaslides.com/pages/register](https://presenter.ahaslides.com/pages/register).
Click the **Sign up with Google** option.
Select the email account you would like to sign up with.
Complete the Google sign-in prompt.
Open [presenter.ahaslides.com/pages/register](https://presenter.ahaslides.com/pages/register).
Click the **Sign up with SSO** option.
Type your organisation's email address.
Click **Log In** to complete sign-up.
If you want to use Single Sign-On (SSO) for your team, contact our sales team via the [Enterprise form](https://ahaslides.com/enterprise/).
Start your journey with AhaSlides today and make your presentations more interactive and engaging.
## What happens after sign-up
Learn how to create, organise, and manage all your presentations
Get a head start with a ready-made interactive presentation
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# The My Presentations dashboard
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/getting-started/the-my-presentations-dashboard
Navigate your presentation library, create new presentations, organise folders, use bulk actions, and search across all your content from one place.
The **Presentations** section is the main workspace in AhaSlides — the first thing you see after logging in. From here you can create, organise, and manage all your presentations.
In the left sidebar, click **Presentations** to expand it. You will see three views underneath:
| View | What it contains |
| -------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **My Presentations** | All presentations you own, including any folders you have created |
| **Shared with Me** | Presentations and folders that other AhaSlides users have shared with you |
| **Trash** | Presentations you have moved to trash. Items here can be restored or permanently deleted |
## Creating a New Presentation
In the **My Presentations** view, click the **New Presentation** button near the top of the screen.
Give your presentation a name and, if you want, a customised access code.
You are taken straight to the editor, where you can start adding slides.
You can also click the arrow next to the button and choose **From a Template** to start from a ready-made design.
## Sorting Presentations into Folders
You can keep your presentations organised by grouping them into folders.
Click the **New Folder** button in the toolbar and give it a name.
Select the presentations you want to move (see [Bulk Actions](#bulk-actions) below).
Click **Move to** and choose your folder.
You can also create a new presentation directly from within a folder — open the folder first, then click **New Presentation**.
## Organising Sub-Folders
Each folder can contain up to 200 presentations. Sub-folders are supported up to 10 levels deep.
To create a sub-folder inside an existing folder:
Open the folder in which you want the sub-folder.
Click **New Folder** from within that folder.
Give the sub-folder a name and confirm.
Move presentations into the sub-folder using the **Move to** option.
## Actions on a Presentation
Hover over any presentation to reveal quick-action buttons. You can also click the **⋮** menu on the right side of any presentation row to see the full list of actions.
| Action | Description |
| ----------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **Present** | Launches the presentation in live-presenting mode straight away. This button also appears inline when you hover a row so you can start in one click |
| **Rename** | Opens an inline field to rename the presentation |
| **View Report** | Opens the response data report for that presentation (requires at least one completed session) |
| **Reset results** | Clears all response data collected for that presentation. This action is permanent and cannot be undone |
| **Duplicate** | Creates an identical copy in your current folder |
| **Share** | Opens the sharing dialog where you can invite collaborators or generate a share link |
| **Move to** | Moves the presentation to a different folder |
| **Move to trash** | Sends the presentation to the Trash. You can restore it from there or delete it permanently |
| **Leave** | Removes your access to a presentation that was shared with you (appears on shared presentations only) |
## Actions on a Folder
Click the **⋮** menu on any folder row to see what you can do with it.
| Action | Description |
| ---------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **Rename** | Renames the folder |
| **Share** | Invites collaborators to the folder (available on team plans) |
| **Delete** | Permanently deletes the folder and all presentations inside it |
| **Leave** | Removes your access to a shared folder (appears on shared folders only) |
## Bulk Actions
To act on several presentations at once:
Hover over any presentation row and click the checkbox that appears. A floating action bar appears at the bottom of the screen as soon as at least one item is selected.
Select as many presentations as you need, or click **Select all** in the action bar to select everything in the current view.
From the action bar, choose **Move to** to move all selected presentations to a folder you choose, or **Move to trash** to send them all to the Trash at once.
To cancel, click **✕** in the action bar to deselect everything and dismiss the bar.
Bulk actions are not available in the **Shared with Me** view.
## Sorting and Searching
* **Sort** — Click the sort control at the top of the list to order your presentations by *Recently edited*, *Recently created*, *Alphabetical*, or their reverse equivalents.
* **Search** — Use the search bar in the top header to find any presentation by name across all your folders.
## Importing a Presentation
Click the **Import** button in the toolbar.
Upload your file (for example, a PowerPoint deck).
AhaSlides converts it into an editable presentation in your library.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Using AhaSlides on a restricted network
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/getting-started/using-ahaslides-on-a-restricted-network
Many people use AhaSlides normally worldwide, including in China. If your network blocks it, here is what to ask your IT team or internet provider to allow.
Most people can use AhaSlides without doing anything special. AhaSlides will work fine as long as there are no restrictions from your internet service provider (ISP) or from your company, organisation or school, and you have a good and stable internet connection.
If AhaSlides won't load for you, the restriction is almost always coming from one of those two places.
## Does AhaSlides work in China?
Many users in China can still use AhaSlides normally.
For people who can't, a VPN might work — but it isn't stable, so we don't recommend it.
The same rule applies as anywhere else: as long as there are no restrictions from your ISP or from your company, organisation or school, and your internet is good and stable, AhaSlides will work fine.
## Restrictions from a company, organisation or school
If the restriction comes from your company, organisation or school network, you can ask them to whitelist AhaSlides — see the steps below.
## How to whitelist AhaSlides
Pass this on to whoever manages the network:
Open ports **443** and **80**.
Allow the following domains:
```
audience.ahaslides.com
presenter.ahaslides.com
static.ahaslides.com
api.ahaslides.com
*.ahaslides.com
```
## Restrictions from your internet provider
If the restriction is coming from your ISP rather than from your own network, whitelisting won't help — you'll need to contact your ISP about it directly.
Still can't reach AhaSlides after your network has been updated? Email us at [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com) and we'll help you look into it.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# AhaSlides: interactive presentations
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/getting-started/what-is-ahaslides
AhaSlides is a free interactive presentation tool with live polls, quizzes, word clouds, and Q&A that your audience joins from their phones. No app needed.
**AhaSlides is a free interactive presentation tool that lets audiences respond to polls, quizzes, word clouds, and Q\&A in real time from their phones.** Used by 2M+ presenters at companies, schools, and events in 142,000+ organisations worldwide, it turns one-way presentations into live two-way conversations — in any classroom, meeting room, or webinar.
***
## Quick answers
**Is AhaSlides free?** Yes. A free plan is available with no time limit. Paid plans unlock higher audience limits and advanced features.
**Does it need an app?** No. Participants join by typing a **URL** or scanning a **QR code** — no download required.
**Can I present from a tablet or phone?** Yes. AhaSlides runs in any web browser, so you can present from a tablet or even a phone — not just a computer. For the best experience, with the most room for your presenter controls, we recommend presenting from a laptop or PC. You can also use [Remote Control](/presenting/using-backstage-while-presenting-on-ahaslides) to advance your slides from a phone or tablet while you present.
**Can I import PowerPoint slides?** Yes. You can [import PPT, PPTX, or PDF files](/features-and-functions/importing-a-powerpoint-presentation-or-pdf-file) and insert interactive slides in between your existing content.
***
## Why use AhaSlides?
Because 95% of professionals admit to multitasking in meetings — and most slides do nothing to stop them.
AhaSlides fixes that by making every slide a moment where the audience *does* something:
* **Keep people actually listening**, not checking their phones on the side
* **Collect real opinions** from your whole room, not just the loudest voice
* **Run a quiz or icebreaker** that brings energy to any session, online or in-person
* **Gather feedback instantly** through built-in surveys — no follow-up email needed
***
## How does AhaSlides work?
Three steps:
1. **Create** — Build a presentation using AhaSlides' interactive slide types (or import your existing PowerPoint).
2. **Present** — Share your presentation at your event. Participants join via a [URL or QR code](/presenting/sharing-your-presentation-for-participants-to-join) on any phone or tablet.
3. **Respond** — At each interactive slide, your audience responds in real time. You see results live as they come in.
At any poll slide, for example, participants vote from their phones the moment you present it. When they respond, results update on screen in real time — the whole room sees it together.
You can also [import PowerPoint presentations](/features-and-functions/importing-a-powerpoint-presentation-or-pdf-file) into AhaSlides and **insert interactive slides between your existing PowerPoint slides**, so you keep your content and add engagement at the same time.
***
## Slide types on AhaSlides
AhaSlides supports the following interactive slide types:
**Polling and opinion**
* [Poll](/using-slide-types/creating-a-poll-question-on-ahaslides) — multiple-choice vote with live bar or pie chart
* [Word cloud](/using-slide-types/using-the-word-cloud-slide) — audience words appear and grow in a live cloud
* [Open-ended](/using-slide-types/using-the-open-ended-slide) — free-text responses shown as a live wall
* [Brainstorm](/using-slide-types/using-the-brainstorm-slide) — collaborative idea collection with group voting
* [Draw Answer](/using-slide-types/using-the-draw-answer-slide) — unscored drawing prompt, every sketch lands on a shared wall
* [Rating scale](/using-slide-types/how-to-use-rating-scale-slides-on-ahaslides) — star or numerical ratings for feedback
* [Split the Points](/using-slide-types/using-the-split-the-points-slide) — divide a fixed pool across options to weight the room's priorities live
**Quiz and competition**
* [Pick Answer](/using-slide-types/using-the-pick-answer-slide) — scored multiple-choice question with a countdown timer
* [True or False](/using-slide-types/using-the-true-or-false-slide) — one statement, two cards; the room votes and the correct side scores
* [Short Answer](/using-slide-types/how-to-use-the-short-answer-quiz-slide) — participants type the correct answer
* [Correct order](/using-slide-types/using-the-correct-order-slide) — arrange items in the right sequence
* [Match pairs](/using-slide-types/using-the-match-pairs-slide) — link items from two columns
* [Categorise](/using-slide-types/using-the-categorise-slide) — sort items into the right categories
* [Spinner wheel](/using-slide-types/using-the-spinner-wheel) — random picker for icebreakers and selections
* [Duck Race](/using-slide-types/using-the-duck-race-slide) — luck-based race where everyone becomes a duck and one wins, nothing scored
**Conversation**
* [Q\&A](/using-slide-types/using-qa) — participants submit questions; you upvote and answer live
* [Idea board](/using-slide-types/how-to-use-the-idea-board-slide) — structured brainstorm with sticky-note cards
**Content**
* [Content slide](/using-slide-types/using-the-content-slide) — static text, images, or video (acts as a title or break slide)
* [YouTube slide](/using-slide-types/how-to-use-youtube-slides-on-ahaslides) — play a video in your presentation with audience reactions
* [Interactive Image](/using-slide-types/using-the-interactive-image-slide) — pin notes to spots on an image; the audience taps to read at their own pace, unscored
* [Photo Share](/using-slide-types/using-the-photo-share-slide) — the audience sends photos from their phones onto a live wall, carousel, or Ken Burns show, unscored
***
## AhaSlides as a quiz tool
With AhaSlides, you can build a scored quiz using quiz slide types. Participants compete to answer correctly before the timer runs out. At the end, a **leaderboard** announces the winner.
> See the full guide: [How to make and run a quiz](/using-slide-types/how-to-make-and-run-a-quiz).
***
## Who uses AhaSlides?
### Teachers and educators
Engage students with polls, word clouds, and quizzes in live, remote, or hybrid classrooms. Gather understanding checks before teaching a topic, or run a fun end-of-lesson quiz.
### Team leaders and HR managers
Bring quieter voices into meetings. An icebreaker poll, a live Q\&A, or a quick word cloud makes remote meetings feel less like a lecture and more like a conversation.
### Trainers and facilitators
Import your training deck, add thinking activities between slides, and close with a [rating scale](/using-slide-types/how-to-use-rating-scale-slides-on-ahaslides) for instant feedback — all without switching tools.
***
## Integrations
AhaSlides connects with the tools you already use:
| Integration | What it does | KB guide |
| ------------------------ | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **Microsoft Teams** | Run live polls, quizzes, and icebreakers directly inside a Teams meeting — no browser tabs or extra links | [AhaSlides for Microsoft Teams](/integrations/kb-teams-add-in) |
| **Google Slides add-on** | Build interactive polls, quizzes, and word clouds inside your Google Slides deck and present them live through AhaSlides | [Using the AhaSlides add-on in Google Slides](/integrations/using-the-ahaslides-add-on-in-google-slides) |
| **PowerPoint add-in** | Embed live AhaSlides interactive slides directly inside your PowerPoint deck and collect audience responses without leaving PowerPoint | [Using PowerPoint's AhaSlides add-in](/integrations/using-powerpoint-s-ahaslides-add-in) |
| **Website / iFrame** | Embed an AhaSlides presentation directly on any webpage using an iframe | [Embedding AhaSlides to your website](/presenting/embedding-ahaslides-to-your-website) |
| **AI / MCP** | Let AI assistants (e.g. Claude) create and manage AhaSlides presentations on your behalf via the MCP server | [AhaSlides MCP — Getting Started](/integrations/ahaslides-mcp-getting-started-guide) |
| **Zoom** | Present AhaSlides inside a Zoom meeting so participants can respond without leaving the call | [Using the AhaSlides App on Zoom](/integrations/using-the-ahaslides-app-on-zoom) |
| **RingCentral** | Run interactive presentations within RingCentral meetings | No KB article yet |
***
## Start for free
Ready to run your first interactive presentation? [Create your free AhaSlides account](https://presenter.ahaslides.com/pages/register) — no credit card, no time limit.
> **Next step:** [Creating your AhaSlides account](/getting-started/creating-your-ahaslides-account)
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# AhaSlides App for RingCentral Events
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/integrations/ahaslides-app-for-ringcentral-events
Install the AhaSlides app inside RingCentral Events (formerly Hopin) to run polls, quizzes and word clouds from a Stage, Session, Expo Booth or Reception.
RingCentral Events (formerly Hopin) is virtual and hybrid event software for hosting online conferences, webinars and other business events in real time. Its App Store lists AhaSlides under the **Fun & games** and **Polls & surveys** categories, so you can run interactive presentations directly inside your RingCentral Events event — attendees respond without leaving the event page.
The AhaSlides app for RingCentral Events is a third-party integration surfaced through RingCentral's own [App Store listing](https://apps.events.ringcentral.com/apps/aha_slides). Exact menu steps and naming can change on RingCentral's side — if something below doesn't match what you see, check the listing itself or RingCentral's support for the current App Store layout.
## What You Need
To use AhaSlides on RingCentral Events, you need both:
* **A RingCentral Events account on a paid plan.**
* **Any AhaSlides plan** (Free works; some advanced AhaSlides features need a paid subscription).
The AhaSlides app can be embedded into the activity panel of a **Stage**, **Session**, **Expo Booth** or **Reception** area. RingCentral Events and AhaSlides do not exchange any attendee data.
## How to Use AhaSlides and RingCentral Events Together
Build the presentation you want to run during your event as you normally would.
From your RingCentral Events organiser dashboard, open the **App Store** and find AhaSlides under **Fun & games** or **Polls & surveys**. Add it to your organisation.
In your AhaSlides account, find the presentation you want to use and copy its **access code** — it's shown directly on the dashboard.
In your event's dashboard, open the activity panel for the **Stage**, **Session**, **Expo Booth** or **Reception** you want, add the AhaSlides app, and paste in your presentation's access code to connect it.
Your attendees will now see an AhaSlides tab within that event area and can respond to your presentation live.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# AhaSlides MCP — Getting Started Guide
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/integrations/ahaslides-mcp-getting-started-guide
The AhaSlides MCP server lets AI assistants like Claude control AhaSlides to create presentations, build quizzes, manage slides and analyse responses.
The AhaSlides MCP (Model Context Protocol) server lets AI assistants like Claude talk directly to AhaSlides on your behalf — so you can create presentations, build quizzes, manage slides, analyse audience responses, and more just by describing what you want in plain language.
## What is MCP?
Model Context Protocol is an open standard that connects AI assistants to external tools and services. Instead of switching between apps, you describe what you need and the AI does the work inside AhaSlides for you. Think of it like giving Claude a seat at your AhaSlides account.
## Before You Start
You'll need:
* An AhaSlides account (free or paid)
* An AI assistant that supports custom MCP connectors — Claude, ChatGPT, or Claude Code
No API key needed — you'll sign in with your AhaSlides account when you connect for the first time. The server URL is the same everywhere:
```
https://mcp.ahaslides.com/mcp
```
## Setup: Adding AhaSlides to Claude (no code)
This is the easiest way for most people — a few clicks, no terminal.
Click your profile, then go to **Settings → Connectors**.
Click **Add custom connector**, paste `https://mcp.ahaslides.com/mcp` into the **Remote server URL** field, then click **Add**.
The first time you use an AhaSlides tool, Claude opens a browser window for you to sign in with your AhaSlides account (email/password, Google, or Microsoft). After signing in, you're all set.
Adding connectors in Claude requires a paid Claude plan.
## Setup: Adding AhaSlides to ChatGPT (no code)
ChatGPT can use AhaSlides too, and this doesn't require a paid ChatGPT account.
Click your profile, then go to **Settings → Security and login** and turn on **Developer mode** — this lets you add custom connections.
Open the **Plugins** tab and choose **Browse plugin**.
Click the plus (**+**) icon, paste `https://mcp.ahaslides.com/mcp` into the **Connection** field, then click **Create**.
The first time you use an AhaSlides tool, you'll be asked to sign in with your AhaSlides account. After signing in, you're all set.
## Setup: Adding AhaSlides to Claude Code (for developers)
If you use Claude Code (CLI, desktop app, or VS Code / JetBrains extension), you can add the server directly.
### Option 1: Quick Add via CLI
Run this command in your terminal:
```bash theme={null}
claude mcp add ahaslides --transport http https://mcp.ahaslides.com/mcp
```
### Option 2: Manual Configuration
Add the following to your Claude Code MCP settings (settings.json or .mcp.json):
```json theme={null}
{
"mcpServers": {
"ahaslides": {
"type": "url",
"url": "https://mcp.ahaslides.com/mcp"
}
}
}
```
### Signing In
The first time you use an AhaSlides tool, Claude Code will open a browser window for you to sign in with your AhaSlides account (email/password, Google, or Microsoft). After signing in, you're all set.
## What You Can Do
Once connected, just describe what you need. Here's everything the MCP server supports:
**Presentations**
* Create a new presentation
* View full presentation details (slides, theme, structure)
**Slides**
* Create slides of 17+ types — quizzes, polls, word clouds, brainstorms, content slides, and more
* Edit slide content (titles, options, answers, paragraphs, images)
* Configure slide properties (timers, scoring, display settings, chart types)
* Reorder slides within a presentation
* Delete slides
* Skip slides during a live presentation (hide from audience without removing)
**Themes**
* Browse all available themes (official, custom, and team-shared)
* Apply a theme to any presentation
**Analytics**
* Query audience response data across all your presentations
* Analyse a specific presentation's session data (participation, quiz scores, poll results)
## Supported Slide Types
| Category | Slide Types |
| --------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
| **Quiz** | Pick Answer, Short Answer, Match Pairs, Correct Order, Categorise |
| **Interactive** | Poll, Word Cloud, Brainstorm, Open Ended, Scale, Q\&A, Spinner Wheel |
| **Content** | Presentation Title, Content, Listing, Content with Image (left or right) |
| **Utility** | QR Code, Leaderboard |
## Example Prompts
Here are example prompts to get started:
| Task | Prompt |
| -------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
| Create a Presentation | *"Create a new AhaSlides presentation called 'Q2 Team Update' with a welcome slide and an agenda."* |
| Add a Poll or Quiz | *"Add a multiple choice question to my presentation asking 'What's your biggest challenge at work?' with four options."* |
| Build a Quiz | *"Create a 5-question trivia quiz about our product features for a team training session."* |
| Add a Word Cloud | *"Add a Word Cloud slide asking participants 'What does great collaboration look like to you?'"* |
| Edit Existing Slides | *"Update the title of slide 3 in my presentation to 'Quarterly Highlights'."* |
| Rearrange Slides | *"Move the leaderboard slide to right after the last quiz question."* |
| Change the Look | *"Show me all available themes, then apply a dark one to my presentation."* |
| Analyse Audience Responses | *"How many people participated in my 'Sales Kickoff 2025' presentation? Show me the quiz scores breakdown."* |
| Skip a Slide | *"Skip the Brainstorm slide during the live session — I want to keep it but not show it today."* |
## Tips for Best Results
**Be specific about what you want:**
* Instead of "Make a quiz", try "Make a 10-question multiple choice quiz on workplace safety for new hires, with 4 answer options each"
**Reference presentations by name:**
* "Add a poll to my presentation called 'Sales Kickoff 2025'"
**Ask for structure first, then refine:**
* "Create an outline for a 15-minute product training session, then build it in AhaSlides"
**Combine with other tools:**
* "Read my meeting agenda from Google Docs, then create an AhaSlides presentation from it"
**Use analytics to improve:**
* "Show me which quiz questions had the lowest correct answer rate in my last training session"
## Troubleshooting
| Issue | Fix |
| -------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **Sign-in popup doesn't appear** | Restart Claude Code and try again |
| **"Not authenticated" error** | Your session may have expired — Claude Code will prompt you to sign in again |
| **Tools not appearing** | Restart Claude Code after adding the server |
| **"Presentation not found"** | Make sure you are referencing the correct presentation name or ID |
| **Slow responses** | Normal for large presentations with many slides — wait a moment |
## Security & Privacy
* No API keys to manage — authentication uses secure OAuth 2.0 (the same standard used by Google, GitHub, etc.)
* You sign in with your existing AhaSlides account — no extra credentials to create or store
* The AI can only access presentations in your account
* The MCP server only performs actions you explicitly request
* You can revoke access anytime from your AhaSlides Account Settings
* Your sign-in session will expire automatically — you'll be prompted to re-authenticate when needed
## Frequently Asked Questions
AhaSlides doesn't have a public REST API, so there's no API key to look up. If you want an AI assistant like Claude to work with your AhaSlides account, use AhaSlides MCP instead — it connects via your existing AhaSlides account sign-in, no API key needed. See the **Setup** section above to add it to Claude Code.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Connecting AhaSlides to Blackboard Learn
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/integrations/connecting-ahaslides-to-blackboard
Set up the AhaSlides LTI 1.3 integration for Blackboard Learn so instructors launch presentations inside a course and quiz scores sync to the gradebook.
The AhaSlides integration for Blackboard Learn lets instructors launch AhaSlides presentations directly from inside a Blackboard course and have quiz scores flow automatically into the Blackboard gradebook. It is built on the **LTI 1.3** standard, so the same approach works with any LTI 1.3-compatible learning management system.
This integration is for institutions on an AhaSlides Enterprise agreement. Setup involves your Blackboard administrator and the AhaSlides team working together. If you'd like to enable it for your institution, contact your AhaSlides representative.
**Want a guided setup?** Because this integration is configured by your Blackboard administrator together with the AhaSlides team, you can [book an onboarding session](https://meetings.hubspot.com/cheryl-duong/onboarding?utm_source=knowledge-base\&utm_medium=docs\&utm_campaign=blackboard-onboarding) to walk through tool registration, grade sync, and your first live session with us.
## What you get
* **One-click launch** — students and instructors open AhaSlides from inside the course, with no separate sign-in.
* **Presentation picker** — instructors browse their own AhaSlides presentations and attach one to a course activity.
* **Automatic grading** — quiz scores are sent back into the Blackboard gradebook after the session.
* **Roster matching** — participants are matched to the right students automatically using their email address.
## Before you start
* Your Blackboard instance must support **LTI 1.3 and Assignment and Grade Services (AGS)** — Blackboard Learn Ultra, or Learn 9.1 (Q2 2019 or later).
* You need **Blackboard administrator access** to register an external tool at the institution level.
* Each instructor and student needs an AhaSlides account provisioned by your institution (via SCIM). Accounts are matched by email address.
* If you want students to join **directly** — for example by scanning a QR code — rather than only through the Blackboard course link, turn on [participant verification](/features-and-functions/participant-verification) for the presentation so their answers can be matched back to their gradebook record.
## Step 1: Register AhaSlides in Blackboard (administrator)
AhaSlides is a single pre-registered Blackboard application, so your administrator only needs one value from us: the AhaSlides **Application (Client) ID**. Ask your AhaSlides representative for it — Blackboard fills in the rest of the AhaSlides addresses automatically once it is entered.
Go to **Administrator Panel → Integrations → LTI Tool Providers → Register LTI 1.3 / Advantage Tool**.
Paste the **Application (Client) ID** supplied by your AhaSlides representative, then click **Submit**. Blackboard auto-fills the AhaSlides login, launch, and keyset addresses — you do not need to enter those by hand.
Set **Tool Status** to **Approved**.
Under **Institution Policies**, enable **Role in Course**, **Name**, **Email Address**, **Allow grade service access** (Yes), and **Allow Membership Service Access** (Yes). These are required for one-click launch, roster matching, and grade sync.
Save the registration.
## Step 2: Send your Deployment ID to AhaSlides
After registering the tool, copy the **Deployment ID** that Blackboard generates for AhaSlides and send it to your AhaSlides contact. The AhaSlides team uses it to finish connecting your Blackboard instance on our side. Once that's confirmed, the integration is live for your instructors.
## Step 3: Add a presentation to a course (instructor)
In your Blackboard course, add an **AhaSlides** activity — the external tool your administrator registered.
The AhaSlides presentation picker opens. Choose the presentation you want to use.
Blackboard creates the activity and a matching **gradebook column** for it.
If you don't have any presentations yet, the picker shows an empty state with a link to create one in AhaSlides.
## Step 4: Run the session and sync scores
Students join the live presentation either from inside Blackboard or directly in the audience app — see [How students join](#how-students-join) below.
Run your presentation as usual.
When the session ends, AhaSlides pushes each student's quiz score into the Blackboard gradebook automatically — typically within about an hour.
To run the same presentation again, open the activity and choose **Reset Results** to finalise the current grades first. See [Resetting the results](/after-the-presentation/resetting-the-results).
Scores are calculated as total points earned ÷ total points available across the **quiz** slides, then written to the gradebook column created for the activity. Only quiz slides are scored — poll and other non-scored slide types do not contribute to the gradebook value.
## How students join
Students can take part two ways, and both keep their scores mapped to the right person in the gradebook:
* **From inside Blackboard (recommended).** The student clicks the AhaSlides activity and the live session opens directly — name and email pre-filled, no room code or separate login. Identity matching is automatic.
* **Directly in the audience app** — for example by scanning a QR code. For scores to map back, the presentation must have [participant verification](/features-and-functions/participant-verification) turned on, and each student must sign in with the **same email as their Blackboard account**. That email is what links their AhaSlides answers to their gradebook record.
Either way, students don't need a separate AhaSlides login of their own to remember, and their results are recorded against their name in the course.
## Troubleshooting
**Launch fails or shows an error.** Ask your administrator to confirm the AhaSlides tool is Approved and that the registration was completed with the correct Application (Client) ID supplied by your AhaSlides representative.
**Scores aren't appearing in the gradebook.** Make sure grade service access is enabled for the tool and that the activity was added through the AhaSlides presentation picker, so a gradebook column exists. Allow up to about an hour after the session ends.
**Some students' scores are missing.** Check that membership (roster) access and email sharing are enabled in the tool's institution policies, and that those students signed in to AhaSlides with the same email as their Blackboard account.
**The instructor sees "not linked", or students see "no presentation".** The instructor needs to open the activity and pick a presentation before students can join.
**A poll result didn't reach the gradebook.** Only quiz slides carry a score. If you need a graded activity, build it with quiz slides — see [How to make and run a quiz](/using-slide-types/how-to-make-and-run-a-quiz).
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Integrate AhaSlides with Webex
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/integrations/how-to-integrate-ahaslides-into-your-webex-meeting
Share your AhaSlides polling link through Cisco Webex's Share Multimedia panel so participants can respond directly inside the Webex meeting.
Use Cisco Webex to bring AhaSlides into your conference call and deliver an engaging, interactive presentation. Participants respond from within the Webex Multimedia Viewer — no separate browser tab needed.
## How to Integrate AhaSlides into Webex
Once your conference call is set up, start the meeting in the Webex app.
In the menu bar, choose **Share > Share Multimedia**, then add your AhaSlides polling link. Make sure **Share Multimedia** is enabled.
To find the polling link: log in to your account at [ahaslides.com](https://ahaslides.com), open the presentation you want to share, click the **Share** button, choose **Get audience link**, and copy the link.
Your audience sees AhaSlides on the right-hand side of their screen. Once they press **Continue**, AhaSlides opens in their **Multimedia Viewer** panel.
The host shares the AhaSlides screen on Webex, and participants enter their responses directly in the Webex app where they're viewing the presentation.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# AhaSlides Integrations
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/integrations/index
See every tool AhaSlides connects with — video-meeting platforms, slide software, LMS platforms and AI assistants — and jump straight to its setup guide.
AhaSlides is built to run inside the tools your team already uses, so you don't need to send people to a separate app to join a poll or quiz. Add the AhaSlides app to your video-meeting platform, embed live slides in PowerPoint or Google Slides, connect quiz scores to your LMS gradebook, or let an AI assistant build a presentation for you. Pick an integration below to get started.
Embed AhaSlides in a Stage, Session, Expo Booth or Reception (formerly Hopin).
Run live polls, quizzes and word clouds inside a Teams meeting.
Present interactively without leaving your Zoom meeting or webinar.
Share your polling link through Webex's Share Multimedia panel.
Embed live interactive slides directly into your PowerPoint deck.
Build interactive slides inside Google Slides and present them live.
Launch presentations inside a course and sync quiz scores to the gradebook.
Let an AI assistant like Claude build and manage presentations for you.
# AhaSlides for Microsoft Teams
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/integrations/kb-teams-add-in
Install the AhaSlides Teams add-in to run live polls, quizzes, and word clouds directly inside your Teams meetings — no screen sharing required.
The AhaSlides add-in brings your interactive presentations directly into Microsoft Teams. Participants respond from their phones or laptops while you present — no screen sharing, no separate links, no switching apps.
Once the add-in is installed, you access your AhaSlides library from a dedicated button in the Teams meeting toolbar. Pick a presentation, hit Share, and your slides go live. Participants see the interactive panel on their own devices and respond in real time — you see results update on your presenter view as they come in.
## Installing the Add-in
Navigate to the Teams channel or group chat where you want to add AhaSlides.
Find and click the **+** button at the top of the channel or chat.
Type **AhaSlides** in the search bar and select it from the results.
Sign in with your AhaSlides account. AhaSlides opens as a persistent tab in that channel or chat.
The AhaSlides button appears directly in your meeting toolbar. Click **AhaSlides** to open the panel, browse your presentations, and start presenting.
If you don't see the AhaSlides button, click **Apps** in the toolbar and add it from there.
## Presenting in a Meeting
Click **AhaSlides** in the meeting toolbar. The panel opens on the right side of the Teams window, showing your presentation library — individual presentations and folders, each with slide count and participant stats.
Your presentations appear as a scrollable list with folder groupings. Tap any folder to browse the presentations inside it.
Click **Share** on any presentation to go live. Your slides appear in the main meeting view, visible to all participants.
Use the **← →** arrows or click any thumbnail in the slide strip at the bottom to jump between slides. The current slide number (e.g. **4 / 10**) is shown in the centre.
A **Notes** panel sits to the right of the slide. Click to add or view speaker notes for the current slide — only you can see these.
The AhaSlides panel stays open alongside your presentation. Browse and switch to a different presentation at any time without leaving the meeting.
## What Participants See
Participants open the AhaSlides panel on their own devices — no join code needed when they're already in the Teams meeting. The participant screen is split into four tabs:
| Tab | What it shows |
| -------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **Slides** (default) | The current interactive slide — input fields, answer options, voting buttons |
| **List** | A scrollable list of all slides in the deck |
| **Q\&A** | Questions from the audience, sortable by Top / New / Answered / My questions |
| **Profile** | Participant name and settings |
## Responding to Slides
Participants interact directly from the panel:
* **Word Cloud** — type up to 3 words and submit; words appear instantly on the presenter's cloud
* **Poll** — select an answer; bar chart updates live for the presenter
* **Open Ended** — type a response and optionally upload an image
* **Rating Scale** — drag or tap to rate; results appear as a wavy line chart
* **Brainstorm** — submit ideas, then vote on others' submissions in a second phase
* **Quiz** — choose an answer before the timer runs out; get instant right/wrong feedback
* **Q\&A** — type and submit questions at any time; upvote questions from other participants
After answering, participants see: *"You have already answered this question. Please wait for the presenter to show the next slide."*
### Emoji Reactions
At the bottom of the participant panel, five emoji reactions (👍 ❤️ 😂 😮 😠) let participants express themselves at any time during the session. Reaction counts are visible to both presenter and participants.
### Ask a Question
An **Ask a question** button is always visible on the participant panel, regardless of which slide is active. This lets participants submit Q\&A questions at any point — not just on a dedicated Q\&A slide.
## Tips
* **You don't need a Q\&A slide to take questions.** The "Ask a question" button is visible on every slide. Dedicated Q\&A slides give you a full question board on the presenter view; the button approach works silently in the background.
* **Folders keep large libraries manageable.** Organise presentations into folders (e.g. "Enterprise onboarding", "Team performance") so you can find the right deck quickly mid-meeting.
* **Emoji reactions run throughout the session.** Participants can react to any slide, not just interactive ones — useful for pacing and reading the room.
* **Participant names are set at join.** Participants enter a display name when they connect (e.g. "Celine"). This name appears on Q\&A submissions and quiz leaderboards.
## Troubleshooting
**Participants cannot see the content shared by the presenter.** The presenter shares a presentation, but participants don't get the slides — some see an error message, others just get a blank meeting stage with no content and no error at all. This is a Microsoft Teams limitation — AhaSlides has no control over it. It occurs when the participant is joining as a **guest** or **anonymous attendee** (i.e. they don't have a Microsoft Teams account, or joined by meeting link without signing in). Enabling anonymous app interaction in the Teams admin centre does not change this.
Ask the participant to sign in with a Microsoft Teams account and rejoin the meeting. If the participant doesn't have a Teams account, use the screen sharing workaround instead: open your presentation in a browser, go live, then share your screen in Teams. Participants can join via the access code as usual.
## Frequently Asked Questions
No. Participants see the AhaSlides panel automatically when you share a presentation. They only need to be in the Teams meeting.
No. Participants join as guests with a display name. An account is only required to create and present.
Yes. Open your presentation in a browser, go live, then use Teams' screen sharing to present. Participants join via the access code as usual. This works but doesn't give participants the integrated panel experience.
Yes. The AhaSlides panel stays open while you present. Browse your library and click Share on a different presentation at any time.
The presenter experience is optimised for desktop Teams. Participants can always respond from any device.
The AhaSlides panel lives in the main meeting stage, so it does not follow participants into a Teams breakout room. To keep your presentation reachable inside breakout rooms, share the access code (or the join link) with participants and have them open the live presentation in any browser on a phone or laptop. This works independently of Teams, so it reaches participants wherever they are.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Using PowerPoint's AhaSlides Add-in
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/integrations/using-powerpoint-s-ahaslides-add-in
Install the AhaSlides add-in for PowerPoint to embed live interactive slides into your deck and collect audience responses without leaving your presentation.
The AhaSlides add-in for Microsoft PowerPoint lets you embed interactive slides made on AhaSlides directly into your PowerPoint deck. Present your PowerPoint as usual — when you reach an interactive slide, participants join on their phones and submit responses live.
This feature is compatible with all AhaSlides slide types.
This is different from [importing a PowerPoint presentation into AhaSlides](/features-and-functions/importing-a-powerpoint-presentation-or-pdf-file). The add-in embeds a live AhaSlides display *inside* PowerPoint; importing brings a PowerPoint file *into* AhaSlides.
## Requirements and Limitations
* Available for installed **Microsoft Office 2019 and later**. On earlier versions you'll need to upgrade to use this integration.
* The **Presenter role does not work** with the PowerPoint add-in. If several people need to run the same presentation at once, each needs their own copy.
### Does the Add-in Read My PowerPoint Content?
No. The add-in does not read, access, or store any of your PowerPoint slide content. It only embeds a remote display of your AhaSlides presentation.
## How to Set It Up
In PowerPoint, on the **Home** tab, select **Add-ins**, then choose **More Add-ins** to browse the store. Your interface may look slightly different depending on your PowerPoint version.
Search for **AhaSlides** and click **Add**. The AhaSlides add-in window appears on your slide — you can delete the default PowerPoint content blocks and stretch the window to fit the slide.
Log in to your AhaSlides account inside the add-in, then open the presentation you want to add. You can also edit slides directly within the add-in: select the slide, enable **Edit mode**, click the **Content** tab, and make your changes.
The add-in remembers the last presentation you had open. The next time you insert it on a new slide, it opens straight to that presentation instead of the full presentation list — so you don't have to re-navigate nested folders each time.
**Adding a single slide** — once the slide is ready, click **Select this slide** below the canvas. The interactive slide is added to your PowerPoint slide.
**Adding a whole presentation** — click **Select Presentation**. Your AhaSlides presentation is added and you can control it just as you would when presenting on AhaSlides. You can also do this from the **My Presentations** page using the **Select Presentation** button next to a presentation.
### Adding Leaderboards 🏆
If you added a quiz slide and want to show scores:
1. Use the pop-up leaderboard by pressing **L** on your keyboard (or the trophy icon in the control bar), or
2. Manually add a leaderboard slide the same way you add other slides.
Without a leaderboard, your quiz still works in PowerPoint, but scores won't be shown and no winner is announced.
### Moving between slides with the arrow keys
This feature is currently rolling out and may not be available in your account yet.
While you present, you can use the **left and right arrow keys** to move through your deck, even when the AhaSlides add-in has keyboard focus. How the keys behave depends on how you added AhaSlides:
* If you added a **single AhaSlides slide** to a PowerPoint slide, the arrow keys move your PowerPoint deck as normal.
* If you added a **whole AhaSlides presentation** inside one PowerPoint slide, the arrow keys walk through the AhaSlides slides first; when you reach the last one, the next press moves your PowerPoint deck on.
### Reloading Slides
Hover over the **Menu** option in the lower-left corner of the add-in to open a side panel with a **Reload** option. If you make changes to your slide on AhaSlides, click **Reload** to pull those updates into PowerPoint.
## Troubleshooting
### If you can't install the add-in from the Microsoft Store
If **Add-ins** won't load, the search returns nothing, or the install fails, you can install the add-in from its manifest file instead of going through the store.
Download the AhaSlides [`manifest.xml` file](https://drive.google.com/file/d/1nuSzAXPwllaFBQw4GI2LjWc4s5XXyATq/view?usp=sharing), then:
Start the PowerPoint application on your computer.
On the **Home** tab, select **Add-ins**, then choose **More Add-ins** and open the **My Add-ins** tab.
In the Office Add-ins window, click **Manage My Add-ins**, choose **+ Add from file**, then browse to and select the `manifest.xml` file you downloaded.
The add-in appears under **My Add-ins** and you can start using it in PowerPoint right away.
This installs the add-in on your own copy of PowerPoint. Anyone else who needs it has to install it too, either from the store or from the same manifest file.
### The QR code is cut off in presentation mode
The add-in only draws inside the area its object occupies on the PowerPoint slide. If that object is smaller than the slide, the AhaSlides display is cropped — and the join QR code is usually the first thing to disappear.
Leave the slideshow and open the PowerPoint slide for editing.
Delete any default PowerPoint title or content boxes still sitting on the slide so the add-in object has room.
Click the AhaSlides add-in object once, then drag its corners or edges outward until it fills the PowerPoint slide area.
Start the slideshow again and confirm the QR code is fully visible.
If it is still cropped after resizing, email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com) with a screenshot of the slide in edit mode, a screenshot of the same slide in presentation mode, and your PowerPoint version and operating system.
### How to remove the add-in
If you no longer need the add-in, remove it from the same **My Add-ins** list you install it from:
On the **Home** tab, select **Add-ins**, then choose **More Add-ins** and open the **My Add-ins** tab. Your interface may look slightly different depending on your PowerPoint version.
Right-click the AhaSlides add-in (or open its three-dot menu), then choose **Remove**. Confirm if PowerPoint asks.
Removing the add-in only takes it off this copy of PowerPoint. It doesn't affect your AhaSlides account or your presentations, and you can add it again at any time from the store or from the manifest file.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Using the AhaSlides add-on in Google Slides
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/integrations/using-the-ahaslides-add-on-in-google-slides
Install the AhaSlides add-on for Google Slides to build interactive polls, quizzes and word clouds inside your deck, then present them live through AhaSlides.
With the AhaSlides add-on for Google Slides, you can add interactive slides — polls, quizzes, word clouds and more — directly into your Google Slides presentation, then present the whole deck live through AhaSlides.
**Not to be confused with** [Using your Google Slides Presentation with AhaSlides](/using-slide-types/using-your-google-slides-presentation-with-ahaslides). That article covers embedding a *published* Google Slides deck as a slide *inside* AhaSlides. This article covers the AhaSlides *add-on* you install *inside Google Slides* to build interactive slides there.
## Step 1: Install the AhaSlides Add-on
Open your Google Slides presentation.
Click **Extensions** in the top toolbar, then **Add-ons > Get add-ons**.
Type **AhaSlides** in the search bar and press **Enter**, then click **Install** under the app in the results.
Once installed, go back to **Extensions** and select **AhaSlides > Open Sidebar** to open the AhaSlides add-on sidebar.
## Step 2: Add an Interactive Slide
In the sidebar, log in to your AhaSlides account as usual.
**Multi-login note:** If you're signed in to several Google Accounts at once, you may have trouble accessing add-ons and web apps — Google doesn't support multi-login for Apps Script add-ons. If you hit this, either log out of all Google Accounts and sign in to only the one with the add-on, or open a private/incognito window and sign in to the Google Account you use for AhaSlides.
From the sidebar, choose the interactive slide type you'd like to add (e.g. Poll, Pick Answer, Word Cloud).
Customise the slide content directly from the AhaSlides sidebar. To edit it later, select the slide and click **Edit this slide** in the sidebar.
Unlike the [PowerPoint add-in](/integrations/using-powerpoint-s-ahaslides-add-in), changes you make directly in AhaSlides do **not** sync back to Google Slides. To update your presentation, edit it through the Google Slides add-on.
## Step 3: Present Your Interactive Slides
Once your presentation is ready, click **Present with AhaSlides**, then choose **Present now** (from the current slide) or **Present from beginning** (from the first slide). This imports the whole deck from Google Slides into AhaSlides, and a new tab opens showing the presentation in presentation mode.
### What Happens to Non-AhaSlides Slides?
Once imported into AhaSlides, all non-AhaSlides slides are converted into static images — animations, embedded audio, video and links will not work.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Using the AhaSlides App on Zoom
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/integrations/using-the-ahaslides-app-on-zoom
Install the AhaSlides app from the Zoom Marketplace to run live polls, quizzes, and word clouds inside Zoom meetings and webinars on desktop.
The AhaSlides app for Zoom lets you seamlessly integrate interactive presentations into your Zoom meetings and webinars. Participants can respond directly from within Zoom, with no need to visit a separate link or enter an access code.
Presenter and participants must use the **Zoom Workplace or Zoom Webinar desktop app** on PC or laptop. The Zoom mobile app is not supported for this integration. Only the host (presenter) needs an AhaSlides account — participants join as guests.
## How to Add the AhaSlides App
Log in with your Zoom account on the Zoom Workplace/Webinar desktop app.
Click **Apps > Add apps**, search for **AhaSlides** in the Zoom App Marketplace, and click **Add**.
Select **Allow** to add AhaSlides to your Zoom account. The app is now available in your **My Apps** section.
## Hosting a Presentation in a Zoom Meeting
Open the AhaSlides app in your **Zoom Apps**, or start a new Zoom meeting and launch AhaSlides from your **Zoom Apps**.
Select **Host a presentation**, then log in to your AhaSlides account when prompted.
Choose a presentation from your list or inside a folder, and select **Allow** to enable screensharing.
Select **Allow** to send invitations to all the meeting participants.
Run your AhaSlides presentation as usual — your audience will respond live within the Zoom meeting.
Hosts can invite participants to use the AhaSlides app at any time by clicking the arrow icon at the top of the app.
## How Participants Join
Participants have three ways to open the AhaSlides panel during the meeting:
* **From an invite** — click **Open** in the invitation notification they receive when the host starts the presentation.
* **Automatically** — click **Apps** in the Zoom meeting, find and add the AhaSlides app; it connects automatically when the host starts.
* **By entering a code** — click **Apps**, add the AhaSlides app, select **Join as a Participant**, and enter the access code.
Once connected, participants submit their answers in the AhaSlides panel within the Zoom meeting — no browser switch needed.
## Uninstalling the App
Log in to the [Zoom App Marketplace](https://marketplace.zoom.us).
Click **Manage**, then **Added apps**, and search for AhaSlides.
Click the three-dot button next to the AhaSlides app, then select **Remove**.
## Frequently Asked Questions
No. Participants can accept the host's invitation or open AhaSlides from their Zoom Apps panel. They do not need a separate AhaSlides account.
No. Only the host (presenter) requires an AhaSlides account. Participants join as guests.
Yes. Open your presentation in a browser, go live, then use Zoom's screen sharing to present. Participants join via the access code as usual. This works but does not give participants the integrated in-Zoom experience.
No. The AhaSlides Zoom integration is only supported on the Zoom Workplace/Webinar desktop app (PC/laptop). Participants on mobile cannot use the in-Zoom panel and should join via the access code in a browser instead.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# AhaSlides Payment Methods
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/payment/ahaslides-payment-methods
Purchase AhaSlides plans with cards and credit balance. Payments are handled securely by Stripe, our global trusted payment partner.
You can purchase AhaSlides plans with cards and credit balance. Your payment is handled securely by **Stripe** - our global trusted payment partner.
## Card payment
AhaSlides accepts **international credit cards and debit cards**. When you make a purchase, the upgrade process is automatic and happens with immediate effect.
## Credit balance
When you downgrade, refer a friend (or receive balance as a gift), your account will have a credit balance. This balance can be viewed on the **[My Plan](https://presenter.ahaslides.com/apps/user-plan)** page.
This balance can be used in:
* Upgrading your plan.
* Purchase a plan.
* Renewing your plan.
To use the balance, you only need to make purchase/upgrade normally, and the balance will be deducted from the price of the plan that you would like to purchase.
The same applies for renewing your plan. You can see the information on the **Billing & Payments** page (by clicking **Manage** on the [My Plan](https://presenter.ahaslides.com/apps/user-plan) page).
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# How to Add a Discount Code to Your Purchase
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/payment/how-to-add-discount-code-to-your-purchase
On the Checkout page, locate 'Add promotion code' under the Subtotal section, enter your discount code, and click Apply.
Select the plan you'd like to purchase and proceed to the **Checkout** page.
On the Checkout page, locate the **'Add promotion code'** text right under the **'Subtotal'** section. Click on it.
Enter your discount code in the field that appears, then click **'Apply'**.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Buying multiple Team plan licences
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/payment/purchasing-multiple-licenses-for-ahaslides-team-plan-subscription
A step-by-step guide to purchasing and adjusting multiple licenses for the collaborative AhaSlides Team Plan subscription.
The AhaSlides Team Plan offers a powerful collaborative experience, allowing users to seamlessly work together using various features. If you're looking to purchase multiple licenses for the team plan subscription, follow the step-by-step guide below to ensure a smooth and efficient process.
**Buying an individual plan does not cover your colleagues.** An individual plan and a team plan are two different types of plan: an individual plan upgrades your own account only, and everyone else stays on the Free plan until they upgrade their own account or you move to a Team plan. Accounts can't be shared between people either — see [Sharing your AhaSlides account](/account-management/sharing-your-ahaslides-account). So if you want several people to have paid features, buy a Team plan with one license per person, as described below, rather than a single individual subscription.
## How to Purchase Multiple Licenses for Your Team Plan
Visit the AhaSlides website and [log in](https://presenter.ahaslides.com/pages/login) to your existing account. If you don't have an account, you'll need to create one before proceeding.
There are two convenient methods to acquire the Team Plan subscription:
**AhaSlides pricing & plans page**
Click on the link provided to view pricing details [Pricing & Plans | Flexible & Great Value | AhaSlides](https://ahaslides.com/pricing/). This will direct you to the AhaSlides Pricing & Plans page, where you can explore different subscription options.
On the pricing page, scroll down to find the Team Plan section, choose the plan and number of licenses you require. You can adjust the quantity to match the size of your team.
After selecting the desired number of licenses, the total amount for the subscription will be displayed. Ensure that the details match your requirements before proceeding.
Once you are satisfied with your selection, click the **'Buy Now'** button to initiate the purchase process. This will redirect you to the payment page.
**Your "my plan" page**
While logged into your account, access the [My Plan](https://presenter.ahaslides.com/apps/user-plan) page and scroll down to find the Team plan section. Here, you can choose a plan and the number of licenses to suit the size of your team.
Upon satisfaction with your selection, click **Buy Now**, then you will be redirected to the payment page.
**Your team members page**
While logged into your account, go to the [Team Members](https://presenter.ahaslides.com/apps/team/members) page and click on **Upgrade team** or **Upgrade for more**. This will take you directly to the [My plan page](https://presenter.ahaslides.com/apps/user-plan).
On the payment page, enter your credit card or debit card details as prompted. Double-check the information to ensure accuracy. Once entered, click on the **'Subscribe'** button to proceed with the payment.
Upon successful payment, you will receive a confirmation email from AhaSlides. This email will contain essential instructions on setting up your team plans and adding team members.
Follow the instructions in the confirmation email to set up your team plans. Add team members as needed, allowing them to access all the features included in the purchased Team Plan subscription.
## How to Change the Number of Licenses for Your Team Plan
**Before You Make Changes**
* If you currently **have a single license** and want to add more, if you haven't already, you'll need to **create a team before purchasing additional licenses**. For guidance on creating and managing a team, see [Managing your Team Members](/teams-and-enterprise/managing-your-team-members).
* If you're **reducing the number of licenses** on your plan, you'll need to **remove team members first** so that your **team size matches the new license count** you're switching to.
Log in to your AhaSlides account and navigate to the **Billing** section:
* Click on your profile image and select **Billing**
* Or click the **Manage** button under the **Billing** section on the [My Plan](https://presenter.ahaslides.com/apps/user-plan) page
Click on **Update subscription**.
Adjust the quantity of licenses according to your needs, whether you want to purchase more for your team plan or reduce the number of members. After that, click **Continue**.
Select **Confirm** to confirm your updates.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# What Currencies Can Be Used to Purchase?
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/payment/what-currencies-can-be-used-to-purchase
AhaSlides supports four currencies — USD, EUR, SGD and VND — set automatically by your country and not something you can choose yourself.
The currency you're charged in is set automatically by the country you're in — you can't choose a different one.
AhaSlides supports four currencies:
* **USD** — US dollars, the default used everywhere except the regions below
* **EUR** — euros, for customers in the Eurozone
* **SGD** — Singapore dollars, for customers in Singapore
* **VND** — Vietnamese dong, for customers in Vietnam
Your currency is detected from your location, so a customer in Singapore is charged in SGD, while a customer in the US is charged in USD and can't switch to another currency.
If you're in a country without one of these local currencies, you'll be charged in USD, and your bank converts it to your local currency at a rate it sets.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Embedding AhaSlides to Your Website
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/presenting/embedding-ahaslides-to-your-website
Embed a quiz or poll on your website with an iframe pointing to your presentation's audience link. Unofficial feature — test thoroughly before going live.
Find out how to embed the quiz/poll to your website.
To embed AhaSlides, use this iframe code on your website:
```html theme={null}
```
You can change the link to your own presentation link, or change the size of the audience frame.
This embedding feature is not officially supported, so there might be unexpected bugs.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Hide Results (Non-Quiz Slides)
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/presenting/hide-results
Hide slide results so they don't sway people who haven't answered yet — available on Poll, Open Ended, Word Cloud, Idea Board, Ranking and more slides.
Avoid biased results by hiding the results in your presentation. You can hide the results from the screen so that they don't influence people who haven't answered yet.
This function is available on **Poll**, **Open-Ended**, **Word Cloud**, **Idea Board**, **Ranking**, **Pin on Image**, and **Rating Scale** slides.
For quiz slides, use the **Manually show correct answers** option under the general quiz settings instead. See [How to Make and Run a Quiz](/using-slide-types/how-to-make-and-run-a-quiz) for details.
## Hide results from the Edit view
Select the slide you want to hide results on.
Open the **Content** tab and find the **Result settings** group.
Check the box **Show results manually**.
To apply this setting to every slide of the same type at once, open the setting's **More actions** (⋯) menu and choose **Apply to all … slides** (for example, **Apply to all Poll slides**).
**Can't find the checkbox, or is it greyed out?** Two things to check:
* **The label.** In the editor the setting is called **Show results manually**, not "Hide results". The name **Hide results** belongs to the toolbar button you use while presenting (see below).
* **Your plan.** Hide results is not included on every plan. If your plan doesn't include it, the checkbox still appears in the **Result settings** group but is greyed out, and clicking it opens an upgrade prompt telling you which plan you need. Your current plan is shown under **My plan** in your account.
Still stuck? Email us at [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com) and we'll take a look at your account.
## Hide results from the Presentation view
You can hide the results during your presentation by clicking the **Hide results** icon on the toolbar.
To display the results again, press **H** on your keyboard or click the **Show results** button or icon on the toolbar.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Award and deduct extra quiz points
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/presenting/how-to-award-and-deduct-extra-points-on-an-ahaslides-quiz
Manually award or deduct quiz points from a leaderboard to run bonus rounds and reward player behaviour, from a Leaderboard slide or the pop-up Leaderboard.
The points score adjustment feature lets you manually add or remove points from any quiz player. It's a handy way to run bonus rounds, reward good behaviour, or correct a score.
## Awarding or deducting quiz points
Point adjustments work on both the **Leaderboard** slide and the **pop-up Leaderboard**.
If you add bonus points on a **Leaderboard slide**, deleting that slide will also delete the bonus points. To make sure the bonus points are kept, add them using the **pop-up Leaderboard** instead.
Navigate to the **leaderboard** and hover your mouse over the player you want to award or deduct points from.
Click the **⇧ Points** button.
Type in the number of points you want to add.
Type a minus symbol (`-`) followed by the number of points you want to remove.
After awarding or deducting points, you'll see a confirmation of the player's new total and, if the change moved them, their new position on the leaderboard.
The leaderboard then updates automatically, and players see their updated scores on their phones.
## Reading the updated leaderboard
On the updated leaderboard you'll see **3 numbered columns**:
1. The total number of points for each player in the quiz.
2. The number of points gained since the last leaderboard was shown.
3. The difference in points from awarding and deducting.
For more on adding, removing, and re-enabling leaderboards, see [Adding and deleting a leaderboard on your quiz](/features-and-functions/adding-and-deleting-a-leaderboard-on-your-quiz).
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# How to Censor Inappropriate Names on a Quiz
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/presenting/how-to-censor-inappropriate-names-on-a-quiz
Manually censor an individual quiz player's name from the lobby or leaderboard without relying on the profanity filter, and uncensor it the same way.
You can manually censor an individual quiz player's name without using the profanity filter.
The [profanity filter](/presenting/how-to-use-profanity-filter) catches and censors most English profanities entered by participants. Even so, there may be other inappropriate quiz names that you want to censor manually.
## There are 2 ways to do this
### 1. In the lobby
While waiting to start a quiz, player names gradually appear in the lobby. The presenter can censor any inappropriate name simply by clicking on the name.
### 2. On the leaderboard
On any leaderboard slide, the presenter can press the **eye** icon next to a participant's name to censor it.
Once a name is manually censored this way, it **stays censored** until the presenter uncensors it the same way.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Censor open-ended & word cloud responses
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/presenting/how-to-manually-censor-responses-on-open-ended-word-cloud-slides
Remove individual participant responses from Word Cloud and Open-Ended slides — click a word to remove it, or press the X icon next to an Open-Ended response.
Alongside the [profanity filter](/presenting/how-to-use-profanity-filter), you can manually remove individual participant responses from your Word Cloud and Open-Ended slides.
## 1. Remove submissions on a Word Cloud slide
On a Word Cloud slide, click on the word you want to remove. Clicking it removes it from the cloud.
For more on this slide type, see [Using the Word Cloud Slide](/using-slide-types/using-the-word-cloud-slide).
## 2. Remove submissions on an Open-Ended slide
On an Open-Ended slide, find the submission you want to remove and press the **X** icon next to it.
For more on this slide type, see [Using the Open Ended Slide](/using-slide-types/using-the-open-ended-slide).
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# How to Use the Profanity Filter
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/presenting/how-to-use-profanity-filter
The profanity filter blocks swear words entered by participants across word clouds, open-ended, Q&A, and short answer quiz slides, plus name fields.
The profanity filter setting blocks swear words inputted by your participants at any point during your presentation.
This setting can filter profanities across **any slides in which participants have free range to type**, including:
* *Word clouds*
* *Open-ended* slides
* *Q\&A* slides
* *Short answer* quiz slides
* Any place in which participants can enter their names
With the profanity filter on, swear words will appear as a series of asterisks equal to the number of letters in the swear word.
There are **3 places** on the AhaSlides editor where you can toggle the profanity filter on or off:
1. In the **Settings** tab in the Edit screen.
2. Under **Other settings** in the **Content** tab of Open-Ended, Q\&A, Brainstorm, and Word Cloud slides — toggling the profanity filter on or off here **will take effect across all slides**.
3. While presenting, to turn on the profanity filter, you can click the **Menu** icon and select **Filter profanity**.
Currently, the profanity filter works with the vast majority of profanities in English. If you have noticed an error in the filter or would like to make a suggestion, please contact us at [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
You can also censor any quiz name submission on the lobby or leaderboard screen of a quiz, regardless of whether it's profanity or not. See [How to Censor Inappropriate Names on a Quiz](/presenting/how-to-censor-inappropriate-names-on-a-quiz) for a quick guide on how to do it.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Presentation won't start or can't join
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/presenting/presentation-wont-start-or-participants-cant-join
Fix a presentation that won't start or participants who can't join by checking private mode, Present mode, your network, the join link and verification.
If you press **Present** and nothing happens for your audience, or people say they can't join with the access code or QR code, it's almost always one of a handful of causes. Work through the checks below in order — each one takes a few seconds and fixes the most common reasons a session won't start.
Participants can only join and interact when a presentation is in **public** mode. If it's still in **private** mode — the setting you use while editing — the join link won't open for anyone.
Click the **Share** icon in the top-right corner of the editor, open **Visibility**, and choose **Public**. Private mode is available on every plan, so this is never a plan restriction. See [Turning on private mode for your presentation](/presenting/turning-on-private-mode-for-your-presentation).
In the default **host-led** setup, participants can only join while you are actually presenting. If you're still on the edit screen, or you've shared the link before pressing **Present**, the session isn't open yet.
Press **Present** first, then share the link or QR code. For a **quiz**, participants also need you to be on a quiz slide — a host-led quiz isn't "open" before you press **Present** or while a non-quiz slide is on screen. See [How to Make and Run a Quiz](/using-slide-types/how-to-make-and-run-a-quiz) and [Quiz troubleshooting and FAQs](/using-slide-types/quiz-troubleshooting-and-faqs).
If you'd rather let people join and answer at any time without a host, switch to self-paced mode — open the **Settings** tab, click **Who takes the lead**, and choose **Audience (self-paced)**. See [Setting up a self-paced presentation on AhaSlides](/presenting/setting-up-a-self-paced-presentation-on-ahaslides).
If AhaSlides won't load at all — for you or for your participants — the block is usually coming from a company, organisation or school network, or from an internet service provider.
Ask whoever manages the network to whitelist AhaSlides, and check the participants' own connection is stable. The full list of ports and domains to allow is in [Using AhaSlides on a restricted network](/getting-started/using-ahaslides-on-a-restricted-network).
Each presentation has its own unique access code and QR code. If someone is using a link or code from a different presentation — or a screenshot from an earlier session — they won't get in.
Share the current link or QR code straight from the **Share** menu of the presentation you're running, and ask participants to enter the code exactly as shown. See [Sharing your presentation for participants to join](/presenting/sharing-your-presentation-for-participants-to-join).
If you've deliberately turned on audience verification or authentication — for example, to restrict a presentation to specific people — participants are asked to verify before they can join. Anyone who isn't allowed, or hasn't completed the step, won't get in.
Check whether you meant to have this on, and confirm the right people are on the list. See [Participant verification](/features-and-functions/participant-verification) and [Using audience authentication](/presenting/using-audience-authentication).
## Where to Go Next
How to share the access link and QR code, and whether participants need an account.
The ports and domains to whitelist when a company, school or ISP network is blocking AhaSlides.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Screen Sharing AhaSlides with Zoom
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/presenting/screen-sharing-ahaslides-with-zoom
Share your screen on Zoom to host your AhaSlides presentation for an online audience, then reveal the QR code so remote participants can join and respond.
You can share your screen on Zoom to host your AhaSlides presentation for an online audience.
## How to share AhaSlides on Zoom
Open your AhaSlides presentation.
Host or join a Zoom meeting.
In the meeting, click the **Share Screen** button.
Select the window with AhaSlides open and click **Share**.
Click **Present**.
From here, you can [share your presentation](/presenting/sharing-your-presentation-for-participants-to-join) with your participants by revealing the QR code in the top bar. Remote attendees scan it (or open the access link) and respond from their own devices while they watch your shared screen.
## Tips
* Do a dry run before going live to iron out any difficulties you might encounter.
* Close all other tabs apart from AhaSlides and Zoom to improve loading speed.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Set up a self-paced presentation
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/presenting/setting-up-a-self-paced-presentation-on-ahaslides
Let your audience play a quiz or complete a survey in their own time. Self-paced mode lets participants proceed through a presentation without a host.
Find out how your audience can play a quiz/complete a survey in their own time.
Choosing the **self-paced** setting lets your audience proceed through a presentation **without a host**.
This is great for:
* Teachers who want to assign a quiz as homework.
* Quiz masters who want to give their players freedom to complete a quiz at a time that suits them.
* Trainers who want to carry out a survey that participants can complete at their own pace.
## How to turn on self-paced mode
On the presentation edit screen, head to the **Settings** tab.
Click on **Who takes the lead**.
Choose **Audience (self-paced)**.
Remember to set your presentation to **public mode** first before sending your quiz out to participants. You can always set it back to **private mode** whenever you want by pressing the **lock** icon beside your presentation title: [Turning on private mode for your presentation](/presenting/turning-on-private-mode-for-your-presentation).
## On the audience's screen
Once you turn on the **Self-paced** feature, your audience will be able to navigate through the slides at their own pace, without the need for a presenter. The **Back and Next navigation bars** can be used to move to the previous or next slide. This feature makes it easy for your audience to follow along with your presentation and complete it on their own time.
## Frequently asked questions
No. Self-paced mode only changes **who advances the slides** — it doesn't change how many people can join. Your participant limit is exactly the same as a host-led session and depends on your plan, not on the mode. On the Free plan that's up to 50 participants at once. For the full details of what your plan allows, see [what is included in the free account](/price-plans/what-is-included-in-the-free-account).
Yes. Because self-paced sessions are exactly the kind participants complete over time, AhaSlides saves each participant's progress — the slide they were on and the answers they've already given — **in their browser cache** on the device they joined with. So as long as they stay on the **same browser and device and don't clear their cache**, they can close the tab, come back later, and pick up where they left off, for up to **three days** after they last took part.
If they switch to a different browser or device, use a private/incognito window, or clear their cache, they return as a brand-new participant and can't carry on from where they stopped. For the full details of how rejoining works, see [does the presentation time out, or do participants have to rejoin?](/presenting/sharing-your-presentation-for-participants-to-join).
Yes. A self-paced quiz keeps its [leaderboard](/features-and-functions/adding-and-deleting-a-leaderboard-on-your-quiz) just like a host-led one — each participant sees the leaderboard slide as they reach it, with their own ranking marked.
Because a self-paced session has no host advancing the slides, each participant's screen works out the standings live the moment they reach the leaderboard, rather than waiting for a presenter to reveal them. So the ranking is **cumulative**: it reflects everyone who has taken the quiz so far, even though people play at different times. A participant who plays early sees only the results collected up to that point; one who plays later sees a fuller board.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Share your presenting screen
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/presenting/share-your-presenting-screen
Share your presenting screen live with an embed code or link that syncs in real time, so when you advance slides your audience sees the same view instantly.
Share your presenting screen live with audiences using an embed code or a shareable link.
The shared screen syncs in real time with the presenter's control, so when you advance slides your audience sees the same view instantly.
## To share your presenting screen
Open your presentation.
Click the **Share** button on the top bar to open the sharing menu.
Click **Embed** in the menu. The **Embed live presenting screen** dialog opens.
You'll see two options, each with its own **Copy** button:
* **HTML embed code:** an `
## Use cases
* **Webinars & events:** share a link with attendees so they can view the slides in their browser while you present.
* **Website embedding:** embed the live presentation on your website homepage or a landing page.
* **Social media & communities:** post the embed link on social platforms, forums, or community channels so followers can watch live presentations.
* **Remote collaboration:** display the presenter view on a secondary screen for co-presenters or team members.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Sharing Images with Open-Ended Slide
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/presenting/sharing-images-with-open-ended-slide
Let participants reply to an Open Ended slide with images. Turn on image submissions and your audience can upload a photo or take one with their camera.
Participants can share images with the Open-Ended slide on AhaSlides.
New to this slide type? Learn how to use the [Open-Ended slide](/using-slide-types/using-the-open-ended-slide) first.
## How to allow image submissions
After creating your Open-Ended slide, tick the box **Allow audience to submit images** to let participants share images with you.
## What participants see
On the participant's screen there's an **Upload image...** button. Clicking it lets participants reply to your question with an image from their phone library, or by taking a new photo with their phone camera.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Invite participants to your presentation
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/presenting/sharing-your-presentation-for-participants-to-join
Share your presentation code with participants via a unique URL or QR code so they can join and start responding to your questions.
To get your participants to start submitting responses to your slides, you need to share the presentation with them. There are two ways to do that:
1. A unique **URL** (AKA 'access link' or 'access code') that participants type into their phones.
2. A unique **QR code** that participants can scan with their phone cameras.
Below is an interactive demo, which will help you experience this function:
## Do participants need an AhaSlides account to join?
No. Participants **do not need an AhaSlides account and don't have to sign up or log in** to join your presentation. They simply open the join URL or scan the QR code on their phone, enter their name if you ask for it, and they're in.
The only exception is if you've deliberately turned on audience verification for your presentation — for example, to restrict access to specific people. In that case, participants are asked to verify before joining. See [Participant verification](/features-and-functions/participant-verification) and [Using audience authentication](/presenting/using-audience-authentication) for how that works.
## Does the presentation time out, or do participants have to rejoin?
There is no time limit on how long an AhaSlides presentation can be joined by participants, and no idle timeout on a participant's session.
Who a participant is, and what they have already answered, is saved **in their browser cache** on the device they joined with — not in an AhaSlides account, since participants don't need one. So as long as they stay in the **same browser on that same device, and their browser cache is not cleared**:
1. **They are not asked for their details again.** Their name — and their avatar, email or team, if you [collect that information](/features-and-functions/collecting-audience-information) — is read back from the browser cache for the rest of the session, so they never have to type it in a second time.
2. **A dropped connection reconnects on its own.** If a phone goes to sleep, someone switches to another app, or the Wi-Fi drops for a moment, the audience page reconnects by itself as soon as they come back to it. They don't need the access code or their name again.
3. **Closing the tab isn't fatal either.** Reopening the join link brings them back as the same participant, with the same progress — for up to three days after they last took part in that presentation.
One thing does change on their screen: if you go **back** to a quiz slide, everyone is put back on that quiz's lobby screen and waits for you to start the question again. That's by design — a quiz always restarts from its lobby so everyone begins the round together. They aren't being asked to rejoin: the lobby shows their own name.
The only countdowns in AhaSlides are the per-slide answer timers you set yourself, such as **Limit Time to Answer** on a [Poll slide](/using-slide-types/creating-a-poll-question-on-ahaslides) or the time limit on a quiz question. Those apply to a single slide, not to the session.
**It has to be the same browser on that same device, with the browser cache not cleared.** Because all of it lives in the browser cache, a participant who moves to another device, opens the link in a different browser or in a private/incognito window, or clears their browser cache or browsing data, comes back as a brand-new participant: they are asked for the access code and their name again and cannot carry on from where they left off. Anything they had already submitted stays in your results — it just belongs to the participant they were before.
## Sharing the URL/join link or access code
This URL and access code can be found on the joining instruction bar at the top of every slide in your presentation. You can view it on the slide canvas in the presentation editor, and it will also be visible during your presentation.
The access code is the string after ahaslides.com/ in the URL.
### Hide controls and status
You can hide the presenter's controls and status bar so your audience sees only your slide content. This hides three things at once: the joining instruction bar at the top, the control bar at the bottom, and the **live participant/voter count** — the counter that shows how many people have responded.
Turn it on in either place:
* **Before you present** — open **Settings**, go to the **Advanced** tab, and tick **"Hide controls and status"**.
* **While presenting** — click the **menu button (the ☰ icon)** in the control bar, open **Display**, and choose **"Hide controls and status"**.
Once enabled, the instruction bar, the control bar and the participant/voter count fade out when your mouse is inactive. Move your mouse to bring them back.
Your participants can also type the join URL into their phone's browser. Once the page has loaded on their phone, they will have joined your presentation.
If the participants have the access code, they can go here to enter the code and join your presentation: [audience.ahaslides.com](https://audience.ahaslides.com/)
When presenting, you can **click the URL access link to copy it** to your clipboard. Then, you can paste it somewhere for your participants.
You can also find your URL access code by clicking **Share** in the top-right of the editor and choosing **Get audience link**. You will find a link under **Audience can join at**. You can click the **Copy** button here to copy the code to your clipboard.
### Changing your URL access code
This feature is available to **Pro plan** users.
You can also **customise your URL code**. Simply click the code within the box to change it.
A customised access code must:
* Be unique (it must not be the same as any other AhaSlides presentation's code)
* Be under 10 characters
* Contain only letters and numbers
Once you've updated your code and it's been accepted, click the **'Save'** button.
### If your access code is already in use
An access code can be used by only **one presentation at a time**. If you try to save a code that another presentation is already using, AhaSlides won't accept it and will tell you the code is already taken.
That code only becomes available again when the presentation currently holding it is either:
* **Deleted**, or
* **Changed to a different code**.
Until one of those happens, no other presentation can take that code. Access codes are unique across the whole of AhaSlides, not just within your own account, so the presentation holding the code you want may belong to a different account entirely — including another account of your own.
Deleting a presentation releases its access code straight away. Bear in mind that if you later restore that presentation from your trash, it comes back with a newly generated code rather than its original one.
### Your permanent access code
From **Get audience link** in the **Share** menu of the presentation editor, you can also **copy your permanent access code**. This long URL code will also provide your participants access to your presentation, but this link cannot be changed. No matter how many times you change your short access code, your long URL code will remain the same.
To get the link, click the **three-dot** icon next to the **Copy** button, which will reveal the **Copy permanent link**.
## Sharing the QR code
Each presentation will have **only one unique QR code**. This QR code **does not change**, even if you change the URL access code.
There are two ways to share the unique QR code of your presentation with your participants.
### Presentation side column
When presenting, click anywhere in the top bar (or press **'Q'** on your keyboard) to reveal a separate column on the left containing your QR code. This column will stay here while you present your slides (until you manually close it), allowing participants to scan the code with their phone cameras at any time during your session.
### QR code slide
You can create a slide in your presentation that reveals the QR code to your audience when you arrive at that slide.
Click the add-slide icon, then select **'QR Code'**. You can drag this slide to the start or near the start of your presentation so that your participants can join it immediately.
In the **Get audience link** panel of the **Share** menu, you can see the option to **download** the QR code. Clicking this will download a PNG image file of your QR code, so that you can share it another way, such as printing it out or emailing it.
## Can I run more than one presentation at the same time?
Yes. You can present two or more different presentations at once — each one has its own access code, join link and QR code, and each runs its own independent live session and report. Nothing on your account limits you to a single live presentation, so you could, for example, run a separate quiz in each of two browser tabs.
Two related limits are worth knowing, and neither stops you running separate presentations side by side:
1. **One active presenter per presentation.** A single presentation can only be actively presented (or edited) by one person at a time. If several people need to run the *same* presentation simultaneously — in different rooms or groups — add each of them as a collaborator with the [Presenter role](/features-and-functions/presenter-role), which gives every presenter their own join link and their own session report.
2. **One presentation per access code.** An access code can belong to only one presentation at a time, so each of your presentations keeps its own distinct code.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Lock Submissions on an AhaSlides Slide
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/presenting/stop-submission
Lock submissions on a slide so participants can't vote or respond, then reopen them later. Lock from the Edit view or during a live presentation.
Locking submissions lets you disable or enable responses on a slide. Disabling submissions on a specific slide is useful when you need to explain a question before your audience votes, or any time you don't want participants responding at that moment.
## Lock submissions from the Edit view
Select the slide you want to lock submissions on.
Open the **Content** tab.
Check the box **Lock submissions**. This disables submissions for that question. You can reopen them again later.
## Lock submissions from the Presentation view
While presenting, on the slide you want to stop submissions on, click the **Lock submissions** icon.
To enable submissions again, press the **S** key or click the **Open submission** icon.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Turn on Private mode
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/presenting/turning-on-private-mode-for-your-presentation
Switch your presentation between private and public mode to control whether your audience can interact — private while editing, public while presenting.
Private and public mode control whether your audience can interact with your presentation. It's best to keep things in **private mode** while you're editing and switch to **public mode** when you're presenting.
## How to turn on private mode for your presentation
**While editing:** click the **Share** icon in the top-right corner of the editor, open **Visibility**, then choose **Private**. Pick **Public** in the same menu to switch back.
This control used to sit on a **Public** icon next to the presentation's name. That icon can still appear in the editor, but it no longer switches the mode — use the **Visibility** section of the **Share** menu instead.
**While presenting:** hover over the presenting menu and choose **Switch to private**.
## Frequently asked questions
The updated editor moves this control into the **Share** menu, and the icon beside the presentation name stops switching the mode even though it is still on screen. Click the **Share** icon in the top-right corner, open **Visibility**, and choose **Public** or **Private** there. This is not a plan restriction — private mode is available on every plan.
Under **Share** in the top-right corner of the editor, in the **Visibility** section.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Using AhaSlides on a kiosk or totem
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/presenting/using-ahaslides-on-a-kiosk-or-totem
Use a kiosk or totem as a public display for your AhaSlides presentation, showing your slides and join code while the audience responds from their phones.
Yes — you can use AhaSlides on a kiosk, totem, or any other public display. This works well for lobbies, events, expo booths, and reception areas where you want people to take part as they walk past.
## The supported setup: The kiosk shows your slides, the audience responds on their phones
AhaSlides is built so that **you present your slides on one screen, and your audience responds from their own phones.** A kiosk or totem simply acts as that presenting screen:
1. **Run your presentation on the kiosk/totem screen.** Open your presentation and start presenting on the totem's display, just as you would on any monitor or projector.
2. **Show the join code and QR code.** The presentation displays a join URL (access code) and a QR code. Anyone nearby can scan the QR code with their phone camera, or enter the access code, to join.
3. **Your audience responds on their own devices.** Each person answers your polls, quizzes, word clouds, and other slides from their own phone — no app or account needed.
This is the standard AhaSlides joining flow. For the full detail on the join URL, access code, and QR code, see [Sharing your presentation for participants to join](/presenting/sharing-your-presentation-for-participants-to-join).
For an unattended display, [set up a self-paced presentation](/presenting/setting-up-a-self-paced-presentation-on-ahaslides) so it advances on its own, and consider a [QR Code slide](/presenting/sharing-your-presentation-for-participants-to-join) so the join code stays visible without you at the controls.
## The one limitation: The totem is a display, not a shared response device
AhaSlides does **not** have a kiosk mode where a single shared device collects responses from many people tapping on the totem itself. The totem shows the presentation; it is not the thing your audience taps to answer.
Each participant responds from **their own phone** by joining with the access code or QR code. If your use case needs people to answer on the totem directly — one after another on the same screen — that is not currently supported.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Using Audience Authentication
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/presenting/using-audience-authentication
Give each audience member an individual passcode to join your presentation. Ideal for ticketed events. Available on Pro, Enterprise, and Edu Large plans.
The audience authentication feature lets you give out passcodes to your audience. Each audience member enters their individual passcode to join your presentation. This is especially useful for ticketed events.
This feature is only available on **Pro**, **Enterprise**, and **Edu Large** plans.
## How does it work?
Navigate to **Settings**, click **Audience authentication**, then tick the box **Require participants to enter authentication code**.
Enter the **number of participants your presentation will have**. If you don't know the exact number, it's better to overestimate so you'll have enough codes to give out.
Click the **Generate code** button. This downloads an Excel sheet showing all of your presentation's authentication codes.
From here, you can share one code per participant. After a participant accesses your presentation via the [URL link or QR code](/presenting/sharing-your-presentation-for-participants-to-join), they'll be asked to enter the authentication code in order to join.
Each authentication code **cannot be used** by two different participants at the same time.
## Re-downloading your code list
If you need to download your code list again, navigate to the **Audience authentication** setting and click **Download authentication code list**. This gives you another copy of the code list containing all of your presentation's active codes (which remain active until you either reset or delete them).
## Resetting or deleting your codes
You can also reset or delete your codes in the **Audience authentication** setting:
1. **Reset your code list** by entering a new number of participants into the box and pressing **Generate code** again.
2. **Delete your code list** by clicking the **Delete generated codes** option.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Using Backstage and Remote Control
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/presenting/using-backstage-while-presenting-on-ahaslides
Backstage is a private presenter window for controlling slides, previewing what's next, editing notes and moderating Q&A — pair it with Remote Control.
Backstage lets you control your presentation from a private window — control the current slide, see upcoming slides, moderate Q\&A, and view or edit speaker notes while presenting. Combined with the **Remote Control**, you can move around freely while advancing your slides, or even let a colleague take over slide control while you stay focused on presenting.
## Backstage
### How to open Backstage
There are two ways to start presenting with Backstage.
**1. In the editor**
On the editor screen, go to the **Present** button in the top-right corner, press the down arrow, and choose **Present with Backstage**.
**2. During your presentation**
While presenting:
1. Hover the cursor over the **Menu** icon in the bottom-left corner.
2. Click **Show Backstage**.
After either method, a separate browser window containing **Backstage** opens on your computer.
Make sure you're [sharing or casting the correct screen](/integrations/using-the-ahaslides-app-on-zoom) so your audience can't see your Backstage. If you're on video conferencing software, or casting to a TV or another monitor, share **only the browser window containing your presentation** — not your entire screen — otherwise your audience will see Backstage.
### Using Backstage
When the Backstage window opens, you'll see a stripped-down version of the editor:
* **In the centre**, the slide you are currently presenting. You can interact with this area to control the slides, just as you would on the presenter screen.
* **On the right**, any [slide notes](/features-and-functions/adding-notes-to-your-presentation) you've made for that slide. You can type notes into this field, and moderate participant questions in Q\&A.
* **At the bottom**, thumbnails of all the slides in your presentation. Click any thumbnail to jump to that slide.
## Remote Control
### How to open the Remote Control
In the top-right corner of **Backstage**, click the **Remote control** button to get a **QR code / link** for the Remote Control function.
Scan the QR code or copy the link to use Remote Control on a separate device. This is ideal for presenters who prefer to move around, since you no longer need to be at the presenting computer. It also lets another person take control of the slides without needing account access or the presenting device.
### Using the Remote Control
With the Remote Control you can perform the following actions:
**1. Live controls**
* Navigate to the next / previous slide
* Jump to a specific slide
* Trigger effects (confetti, applause, drumroll)
**2. Access & sharing**
* Show / hide the QR code on screen (for late joiners)
* Show / hide the instruction bar
* Switch between public and private mode
**3. Media & audio controls**
* Control presentation audio (audio that plays across the entire presentation)
* Control slide audio (audio tied to a specific slide)
* Control sound effects (on quiz slides only)
**4. Q\&A moderation**
* Pin questions
* Mark a question as answered
* Approve questions
* Dismiss a question
**5. Others**
* View slide notes
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Using the Video Call Feature
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/presenting/using-the-video-call-feature
Video call a participant who left a response and broadcast the conversation live to the rest of your audience, straight from AhaSlides. Available on Pro.
You can video call participants who have left a response and chat with them exclusively through AhaSlides, while presenting your live conversation to the rest of your participants.
The Video Call feature is available on **Pro Monthly** and **Pro Yearly** plans. Free users may get limited access for a limited time.
## How does it work?
You can chat with participants through a video call on AhaSlides. Activate the feature by clicking the **Call** button, which appears after you hover over a response left on:
1. An [Open-Ended slide](/using-slide-types/using-the-open-ended-slide).
2. A Q\&A slide.
3. A [Leaderboard slide](/features-and-functions/adding-and-deleting-a-leaderboard-on-your-quiz).
The participant you call gets a prompt to accept or decline the call on their phone (or other mobile device). When they click **Accept**:
1. They'll see their camera feed on their own phone screen.
2. Their camera and audio are broadcast to the presenter screen for all other participants to see and hear.
When called for the first time, the participant receives a pop-up asking for **permission** to use the camera and microphone. This feature won't work without the participant's permission.
Either the presenter or the participant can **end the call** at any point by clicking the red phone icon on their screen.
## Audio
When calling, the audio works **one way**. The participant's voice is picked up through the microphone on their phone and plays through the presenter's screen. The presenter's voice is **not** picked up through their laptop and broadcast to the participant's phone — this is so the presenter can carry on talking through the method they're already using to present.
## FAQ
No. The participant only gets an invitation to accept or decline the call **while they have your presentation open on their phone**. If they're on another browser tab or another app, they won't get the invitation. This means the video call feature does not work when the audience [take the lead](/presenting/setting-up-a-self-paced-presentation-on-ahaslides) on your presentation.
Yes. As long as the device your participant is using has a camera and a microphone, they can take part in a video call.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Annual Subscriptions
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/price-plans/annual-subscriptions
The AhaSlides Annual Plan is the most cost-effective option for a full year of interactive audience engagement, saving up to 67%.
The **AhaSlides Annual Plan** (also known as the Yearly Plan) is the most cost-effective option for a full year of interactive and engaging experiences with your audience. With this plan, you can save up to 67%!
The Yearly plan lets you use AhaSlides for as many occasions as you want, such as workshops, events, decision meetings, training sessions, employee meetings and much more.
After purchasing a Yearly plan, you can **turn off auto-renewal anytime** on AhaSlides, by using the **'Cancel subscription'** button on the [My Plan](https://presenter.ahaslides.com/apps/user-plan) page to avoid being charged for a second year.
Want more information regarding different subscriptions? [Visit our plans page](http://ahaslides.com/pricing).
Prefer to pay monthly? Compare the Monthly plan option.
Learn how to turn off auto-renewal before your next billing date.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Educational Subscriptions
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/price-plans/educational-subscriptions
Teachers, students, and non-profit organizations can claim AhaSlides' discounted Educational Plan, billed annually, at ahaslides.com/pricing/edu-plan.
If you're a teacher, student, non-profit organization or plan to use AhaSlides in some educational capacity, you can claim an Educational Plan at a discounted rate. These plans are all **billed annually**.
## Where to find the educational plans
Go to [https://ahaslides.com/pricing/edu-plan](https://ahaslides.com/pricing/edu-plan).
Click the **'Buy now'** button on the plan you wish to purchase.
To return to the original plans, click the sentence at the top labeled **'Back to standard plans'**.
After purchasing an Edu plan, you can **turn off auto-renewal** right away, following this guide: [Cancelling your AhaSlides Subscription](/after-purchase/cancelling-your-ahaslides-subscription) to **avoid being charged for your second year**.
Want more information regarding different subscriptions? [Visit our plans page](https://ahaslides.com/pricing/).
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# AhaSlides Legacy Plan
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/price-plans/legacy-plan
Legacy plans closed to new customers after September 2024, but existing subscribers keep their benefits until they cancel.
With the new pricing plans released in September 2024, our legacy plans are no longer available for new customers. However, if you are currently on a legacy plan, you can continue to enjoy specific benefits and options tailored just for you.
The legacy plans will remain active until the last legacy subscriber stops their subscription.
## For Legacy Essential, Edu Small, and Edu Medium subscribers
1. **Keep the benefits of your current plan** — you will continue to enjoy the benefits of your current legacy Essential, Edu Small, or Edu Medium plan.
2. **Increased audience size** — your audience size will be increased to match the new pricing plan.
## For Legacy Plus subscribers
1. **Keep your current plan** — you will still continue to enjoy the benefits of your current legacy Plus plan.
2. **Upgrade to the Pro plan** — you have the option to upgrade to the Pro plan at a special discount of 50%. This promotion is available only to the current user, as long as the current legacy Plus plan is active, and can be applied only once.
We value your continued support and are committed to ensuring you have the best experience with AhaSlides.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Monthly Plan
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/price-plans/monthly-plan
A Monthly plan auto-renews every month. Buy it and turn off auto-renewal afterward if you only need AhaSlides for a single month.
A Monthly plan is an AhaSlides plan that is **auto-renewed every month**.
If you want to use a monthly plan for just one month, you can buy the plan and then **[turn off auto-renewal](/after-purchase/cancelling-your-ahaslides-subscription)** (cancel plan). To see all available Monthly plans, please check out the **Monthly tab** on the Pricing page: [Pricing & Plans | Flexible & Great Value | AhaSlides](https://ahaslides.com/pricing/).
After purchasing a Monthly plan, you can **turn off auto-renewal before the renewal date** by using this guide: [Cancelling your AhaSlides Subscription](/after-purchase/cancelling-your-ahaslides-subscription), to avoid being charged for your second month.
Save up to 67% by switching to the Annual plan instead.
Step-by-step instructions to turn off auto-renewal.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Multiple accounts & Enterprise licences
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/price-plans/multiple-accounts-and-enterprise-license-inquiries
Buying multiple AhaSlides licenses for your team, or need an enterprise plan? See our team plan guide for multiple accounts, or explore AhaSlides Enterprise.
## Multiple accounts and team accounts
If you want to buy more than one AhaSlides license for your team, follow our step-by-step guide on purchasing multiple licenses.
Buying licenses for multiple team members? See the step-by-step guide.
## Enterprise
For enterprise plans and custom license inquiries, visit [ahaslides.com/enterprise](https://ahaslides.com/enterprise/), where you can explore the options and reach us through the contact form.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# One-Time Plans
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/price-plans/one-time-plans
The One-Time plan was discontinued in 2023. For a paid event today, use a Monthly plan or see the current AhaSlides pricing options.
The One-Time plan was discontinued in 2023 and is no longer available to purchase.
AhaSlides no longer offers the One-Time plan. If you need to run a paid event, take a look at our current options instead:
* **[Monthly Plan](/price-plans/monthly-plan)** — auto-renews every month; you can turn off auto-renewal at any time if you only need it for a single month.
* See all current plans and prices on the [Pricing page](https://ahaslides.com/pricing/).
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# What is Included in the Free Account?
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/price-plans/what-is-included-in-the-free-account
AhaSlides' free plan includes up to 50 live participants, unlimited presentations, and AI features, with limits on Quiz and Unscored slides.
AhaSlides offers a free plan with access to a range of features for as long as you like. Here's what you can enjoy with our free plan:
Engage with up to 50 live participants during your presentations.
You can have as many participants as you like, as long as 50 or fewer participants join your quiz simultaneously.
There's no limit to the number of presentations you can create and use.
Create up to 5 Quiz slides and 3 Unscored (Poll, Open-ended, Word cloud, Brainstorm, and Rating scale) slides. See the note below if you exceed this limit.
Use free AI assistance to generate engaging slides tailored to your needs.
Collaborate with friends and colleagues by allowing them to edit the presentation with you.
Insert interactive AhaSlides slides directly into your existing PowerPoint presentations with our PowerPoint Add-in.
Import your existing PPT, PPTX, and PDF files from PowerPoint or elsewhere into an AhaSlides presentation.
If your presentation has **more than 5 Quiz and 3 Unscored slides**, you'll only be able to host an event with up to **3 participants**.
We've kept this 3-participant limit so that you can still test your presentation across different devices before your main event. This way, you can be extra confident that everything will run smoothly when it matters most!
For events with **under 50 participants** that only need **up to 5 Quiz and 3 Unscored slides**, AhaSlides is completely **free to use**! And there's no cap on the number of participants per month, so you can host as many events as you need.
If you need to host larger events or use more quiz or question slides, consider checking out our upgraded plans for more flexibility: [Pricing page](https://ahaslides.com/pricing/).
## Which slides count towards the limit?
Only the Quiz and Unscored slides listed above are counted. Every other slide in your presentation is unlimited on the free plan, including:
* **Leaderboard slides** — these are added automatically after a quiz slide and never count towards your 5 Quiz and 3 Unscored allowance. Adding or removing a leaderboard cannot push you over the limit. See [adding and deleting a leaderboard](/features-and-functions/adding-and-deleting-a-leaderboard-on-your-quiz).
* **Content slides** — your own text, images, and headings.
* **Q\&A slides**, **Spinner Wheel**, **YouTube**, **Embed**, and other non-scored slide types.
## What does the crown icon mean?
A small **crown icon** next to a slide type, theme, or setting means that feature is only available on a paid plan. It isn't a bug or a restriction on your account specifically — it's how AhaSlides marks Pro/Enterprise-only features throughout the editor. Click or hover over the crown to see which plan unlocks that feature, or check the [Pricing page](https://ahaslides.com/pricing/) for a full plan comparison.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Managing your Team Members
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/teams-and-enterprise/managing-your-team-members
Learn how to manage your team members, change their roles, and add more licenses for Enterprise use.
As the Owner of a team on AhaSlides, the Team Members tab allows you to add and remove team members, set team roles, and upgrade the team plan or add more licenses.
A team plan and an individual plan are **2 different types of plans**. A team owner can have their own paid plan, while the team is still under a free plan. The owner can upgrade from an individual plan to a team plan — see [Purchasing Multiple Licenses for AhaSlides Team Plan Subscription](/payment/purchasing-multiple-licenses-for-ahaslides-team-plan-subscription).
## Free Team vs. Team Plan
There are two types of teams:
| | Free Team | Team Plan |
| ----------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **Member limit** | Up to 200 members | Determined by licenses purchased (the owner/admin counts as one license) |
| **Member access** | Members only have access to the Free plan unless they upgrade their individual accounts, or the owner upgrades to the team plan | Team members have access to the features of the team's plan (Essential or Pro) that the owner purchased |
To purchase or get more licenses for your team plan, see [Purchasing Multiple Licenses for AhaSlides Team Plan Subscription](/payment/purchasing-multiple-licenses-for-ahaslides-team-plan-subscription).
## Creating a Team
If you do not yet have a team, click **Create your team** in the left-hand panel under the **Team** section.
Enter a name for your team in the **Team name** field. Your team is created instantly — you don't need to invite any members to finish setting it up.
You can invite members straight away, or skip this step and invite them later from the Team Members dashboard.
## Renaming Your Team
Team **Owners** and **Admins** can rename the team at any time. Click your **team name** in the left-hand panel, open the **Team settings** tab, enter the new name (up to 50 characters) in the **Team name** field, and click **Save**.
## Accessing the Team Members Dashboard
To manage your team members, click on your **team name** in the left-hand panel of the dashboard.
The team members dashboard has two tabs:
* **Members** — shows all current team members with their roles, last activity, join date, and (for paid plans) their licence status.
* **Pending** — shows all invitations you have sent out, including their current status (pending, accepted, declined, or expired).
On paid plans, owners and admins will also see a **licence usage meter** in the top-right corner, showing how many licences are in use out of the total purchased.
## Member Roles
| Role | Permissions |
| ---------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **Owner** | Full control: invite/remove members, change roles, manage plan and licenses, plus all Member permissions |
| **Admin** | All Member privileges, plus inviting new Members and removing Members or Admins from the team |
| **Member** | Can view, edit, and present any presentation shared with the team |
Only the team **Owner** can invite new members as **Admin**. Admins can only invite new members with the **Member** role.
## Inviting Team Members
To invite new members to your team, click the **Invite** button and enter their email addresses — you can invite multiple members at the same time. In the role dropdown next to the email field, select the role (**Member** or **Admin**) that each invitee will have in the team.
Accounts that are **already a member of another team** cannot be invited. They will need to leave their current team before they can accept your invitation.
On paid Team plans, the invite modal also shows:
* **Assign licences** checkbox — when checked, each invitee automatically receives a paid licence upon accepting. Enabled by default when seats are available; disabled when the team is at its quota. If more invitees accept than seats are available, licences are granted on a first-come-first-served basis.
* **Available licence count** — shows how many seats are free to assign.
* **Buy more** link (owners only) — takes the team owner to the licence purchase page.
You can keep track of invitations in the **Pending** tab, where you can:
* **Copy the invitation link** to share it directly.
* See an **"Auto"** badge (on paid plans) indicating a licence will be auto-assigned when the invitee accepts.
* **Withdraw any pending invitation** by clicking the withdraw icon on the right-hand side.
Any members you invite receive an email and a notification at the top of their AhaSlides dashboard asking them to accept. Once they accept, they are automatically added to your team and appear in the **Members** tab.
## Managing Licences (Paid Plans Only)
On a paid Team plan, the **Members** tab includes a **Licence** column showing each member's current licence status. The team owner and admins can grant or revoke licences for individual members using the dropdown in that column.
**Bulk licence management** — Owners and Admins can also manage licences for multiple members at once: select one or more members using the checkboxes on the left side of the Members table, then use the **Assign** or **Revoke** action that appears in the action bar.
Members who have their own active personal subscription are not eligible for bulk licence management — their plan is tied to their individual account rather than the team.
If you have granted more licences than your subscription allows, a **Licence Shortage** alert appears at the top of the team page. You will have 48 hours to purchase more licences or revoke excess ones to keep your team's plan active.
## Changing Team Members' Roles
As the **Owner**, you can change any team member's role between **Member** and **Admin**. Navigate to their name on the **Members** tab, open the dropdown menu under **Role**, and select either **Admin** or **Member**.
Only the team **Owner** can change member roles. Admins see member roles as read-only labels and cannot reassign them.
## Removing Team Members
To remove a member from your team, navigate to their name on the **Members** tab, then click the **Remove from team** icon on the far right-hand side of their row.
If you are using a Team plan, you regain 1 licence each time you remove a team member. That user's account is automatically downgraded back to the Free plan.
## Leaving Your Team
The owner and team members can leave the team at any time. Navigate to the **Members** tab, then click the **"Leave team"** icon on the far right-hand side of their name in the member list. When a member leaves, the system removes their access to presentations and folders shared specifically with the team.
If the team's owner leaves, the team is deleted. Deleting the team disbands all its members and removes their access to presentations and folders shared specifically with the team.
## Team Workspace vs. Personal Workspace
The **team workspace** is a shared area visible to all team members, where everyone can access, edit, and present any presentation stored there.
Your **Personal Workspace** (My Presentations) is private by default — team members cannot see it unless you explicitly share content. Use the **Share** feature to send a copy of a presentation to a teammate's personal workspace.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Create a Poll slide
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/using-slide-types/creating-a-poll-question-on-ahaslides
Create live polls in AhaSlides with up to 30 answer options, bar or pie chart results, timers, and correct-answer reveals — all updating in real time.
A Poll slide is a quick and easy way to get live opinions in poll format from your audience.
Below is an interactive demo, which will help you experience this function:
## How Does a Poll Slide Work?
In a poll, you ask a question and provide between 2 and 30 answer options. Your audience votes for one or more of the answer options on their phones. The poll updates live, so on the presenter screen you see a chart displaying the results. Once a participant has voted on their phone, they'll see the results on their screen too.
## Creating a Poll Slide
On the AhaSlides editor, click **+ New slide** in the top-left corner. (On a brand-new presentation, you can also click **Choose a slide** right on the canvas.)
Pick **Poll** from the slide type list — you'll find it in the **Unscored** section.
Fill in your question in the **Your question** box on the right.
Fill in or upload images as your answer options. You can have between 2 and 30 answer options.
This is the **minimum** you need to do for any Poll slide to work. Want to see exactly what your audience will see before going live? Hit **Preview** in the top-right corner — see [how previewing works](/features-and-functions/how-to-preview-and-test-your-presentation). When your slide is ready for your audience to vote on, [invite your audience to your presentation](/presenting/sharing-your-presentation-for-participants-to-join) and press the **Present** button in the top-right corner.
## Poll Settings
Keep the results hidden until you press the button to reveal them to your audience. This also hides the results on each participant's phone screen.
Allows the audience to see everyone's votes for that slide on their phone screen after they have submitted their own vote.
Displays the results as percentages instead of the number of participants who voted for each answer option. This can also be toggled by simply clicking on any of the coloured segments on the presenter's screen.
Displays the results in one of 3 different options: a bar chart, donut chart, or pie chart.
Allows the audience to select multiple answer options. When selected, choose the maximum number of options a participant can pick, between 2 options and all of the options on the poll.
Allows you to ask a multiple-choice question with one or more correct answers. When selected, you'll be asked to mark which answer option(s) are correct. The answer stays concealed until you press the **Show correct answer** button on your slide.
A multiple-choice slide with a correct answer is **not scored**. If you'd like to create a quiz question where your audience earns points for correct answers, use one of the slides in the **Quiz** section instead.
Useful if you need to explain a question before your audience votes, or for any other reason where you don't want participants to vote on a question at that moment. While presenting, click the "Submission closed" icon to enable submissions, and the "Submission opened" icon to close it.
Sets a time limit for your audience to answer, between 5 seconds and 20 minutes. While running the Poll slide, you can turn off the timer or change the time limit — but if you turn off the timer while presenting, you can't turn it back on until you switch back to edit mode.
There's no setting to hide only the vote count on a single poll, but you can hide the whole presenter status bar — the voter count included — using **Hide controls and status**. Tick it under **Settings** in the **Advanced** tab, or toggle it live while presenting from the **menu button (the ☰ icon)** by opening **Display** and choosing **"Hide controls and status"**. It auto-hides when your mouse is idle and reappears when you move the mouse. See [Hide controls and status](/presenting/sharing-your-presentation-for-participants-to-join#hide-controls-and-status).
If you're using a multiple-choice slide for a do-at-home survey, you can allow participants to cast their votes without needing you to present it live. See [Setting up a Self-Paced Presentation on AhaSlides](/presenting/setting-up-a-self-paced-presentation-on-ahaslides).
## Watch the Tutorial
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# How to Make and Run a Quiz in AhaSlides
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/using-slide-types/how-to-make-and-run-a-quiz
Learn how to create and host a live quiz on AhaSlides, where participants compete for points using quiz question slides and a leaderboard.
On AhaSlides, you can host a live quiz and have all of your participants competing for points. Build a quiz using quiz question slides and see who ranks top of the leaderboard at the end!
## Video and Interactive Demo
This video explains how to make a live quiz, including everything in this article. If you're looking for a specific part, click the bottom-right button to watch it on YouTube, where each section is timestamped in the video description.
Below is an interactive demo that lets you try this feature for yourself:
## How Does a Quiz Work?
In a quiz, participants in your presentation compete against each other to get the most points by submitting the most correct answers to your quiz questions.
You progress through the quiz, pausing at each slide for players to answer the question on that slide. All players see a question at the same time on their personal devices and submit their answer from there before the time runs out.
Here you can see the screens of the **quiz host** (on the left-hand computer) and the **quiz player** (on the right-hand phone).
## Before You Start: Open a Presentation to Build In
A quiz is made of quiz slides inside a presentation, so first create or open the presentation you'll add them to. From your [My Presentations dashboard](/getting-started/the-my-presentations-dashboard), you can start in any of these ways:
* **From blank** — click the **New Presentation** button, then add quiz slides as described below.
* **With AI** — describe your topic and let AhaSlides draft the slides for you. See [Using the AI Panel on AhaSlides](/ai-powered-features/using-the-ai-panel-on-ahaslides).
* **From a template** — click the arrow next to **New Presentation** and choose **From a Template** to start from a ready-made design, including quizzes. See the [AhaSlides Template Library](/getting-started/ahaslides-template-library).
Once your presentation is open in the editor, follow the steps below to add and set up quiz slides.
## Step 1: Choosing a Quiz Slide
On the presentation editor, create a new slide and select any of the 5 'quiz' slides as the format for that question (Spinner Wheel is *not* a scored quiz slide):
* **Pick Answer** — A multiple-choice question with text or image answers.
* **Short Answer** — An open question with no answers to choose from. Players must type their answers.
* **Match Pairs** — A question with a set of prompts and a set of answers. Players must match the prompt to the right answer.
* **Correct Order** — A question with statements in random order. Players must put the statements in the correct order.
* **Categorise** — A question with categorized items. The player must classify the provided items into the corresponding groups.
**15-Second Explainer: Leaderboard Slides**
Once you have selected your quiz slide, a leaderboard slide will automatically generate after it.
The leaderboard slide does not update in real time. It fetches the latest results only when you refresh it or return/move to it from another slide, as it's designed for live presentations.
You can also use a **Pop-up Leaderboard** by pressing **L** on your keyboard (or clicking the **Trophy icon** in the control bar).
More details can be found in [Adding and Deleting a Leaderboard on your Quiz](/features-and-functions/adding-and-deleting-a-leaderboard-on-your-quiz).
## Step 2: Editing a Quiz Slide
Now you can edit your slide. Here's what a 'Pick Answer' slide looks like when it's ready to edit:
In the right-hand column, write your question in the box labelled 'Your question'.
Write up to 8 answer options for your players to choose from. Mark at least one option as correct by checking the box next to it — or generate answers with AI to quickly create answer options for your questions. See [Generating Questions and Answers Using AI](/ai-powered-features/generating-questions-and-answers-using-ai-on-ahaslides).
Scroll down in the right-hand column to find the settings for your quiz question. Every per-slide setting — points, time limit, partial scoring, hints and audio — is covered in [Quiz settings on AhaSlides](/using-slide-types/quiz-settings-on-ahaslides).
## Step 3: Joining a Quiz
When you've created your quiz slides, you can either invite your players to join your presentation, or join it yourself on your phone to test it out (recommended).
To start, press the purple **Present** button in the top-right corner of the editor. This takes you into the quiz lobby, where players join your quiz before you start hosting it.
In the lobby, your players can [join your quiz](/presenting/sharing-your-presentation-for-participants-to-join) using either the **URL code** or **QR code** in the left-hand column.
If a player joins the presentation while the host is presenting a non-quiz slide (like a poll, heading, or content slide), that player has not yet joined the quiz. To join the quiz, the host needs to present a quiz slide.
When the host presents a quiz slide:
* The host sees the **lobby** on their screen — all the players who have joined the quiz and are waiting to play.
* The player is asked to **enter their name** and choose an avatar for the quiz. Once chosen, they appear in the quiz lobby.
## Step 4: Presenting a Quiz
When all your players have joined the quiz and are showing in the quiz lobby, press the blue button below that says **Start the Quiz!**
Your first question shows on your screen and each player's phone screen. Players have the time limit you specified in the settings to answer.
Proceed through your quiz like this until the final winner is announced at the end!
**Quiz Report**: Once you've finished presenting, check your presentation report to see how well your players did. Find it by clicking **View presentation report** in the top-right toolbar, which takes you to the Participant Report. See [Your AhaSlides Presentation Report](/after-the-presentation/your-ahaslides-presentation-report) for more.
## Where to Go Next
Every setting for a quiz — per-slide points, time limits, partial scoring, hints and audio, plus the general quiz settings and audience-paced quizzes.
Fixes and answers for the questions we get most often about running a quiz — timers, character limits, hiding results and slide layout.
## Frequently Asked Questions
Usually for one of two reasons: (1) you may have chosen a **Poll** slide instead of a **Pick Answer** slide — these slides look similar, but only Pick Answer is a quiz slide and asks for names; or (2) you may be presenting a non-quiz slide. If players join while you're presenting a heading, list, image, or other non-quiz slide, they won't be asked for a name — once you move to the first quiz slide, they will be.
If you've just tested your quiz with a real device, want to reuse a quiz, or made a mistake and want to start over, you can clear any submitted answers without affecting the content of your quiz. You can clear all responses or just the responses from one question — see [Resetting the Results](/after-the-presentation/resetting-the-results).
The best way is [Preview Mode](/features-and-functions/how-to-preview-and-test-your-presentation), which lets you try your quiz from both the presenter screen and the player screen. You can also join it on your own phone or get friends to join and play along — if you do, remember to clear your own answers afterward.
Players are asked to enter a name before the quiz starts, but it doesn't have to be their real name. Anyone who wants to stay anonymous can simply type a nickname instead — they'll still be able to play and appear on the leaderboard under that nickname.
More answers — auto-end quiz timers, character limits, hiding the correct answer and leaderboard, and quiz slide layout — are in [Quiz troubleshooting and FAQs](/using-slide-types/quiz-troubleshooting-and-faqs).
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Create a Rating Scale slide
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/using-slide-types/how-to-use-rating-scale-slides-on-ahaslides
Collect nuanced audience opinions on a sliding scale, with customisable statements, value ranges, and labels beyond a simple yes-or-no answer.
A Rating Scale slide is ideal when you need more nuanced responses than a simple yes-or-no option can give you. Pose a broad question, add specific statements, and let your audience rate each one on a sliding scale.
## How It Works
* **The host** poses a broad question, adds specific statements related to it, and asks the audience to rate their opinions on each statement using a sliding scale.
* **The audience** accesses the slide on their phones and responds to each statement via the sliding scale.
* **The resulting data** appears on a graph showing what and how many responses each statement received, along with the average numbered response for each statement.
## Setting Up a Rating Scale Slide
Enter the main question you want to ask your audience. This can invoke an answer on a scale — for example, *"How satisfied are you with our service?"*, with 1 being *very dissatisfied* and 5 being *very satisfied*. It can also be a statement, such as *"My experience of this service was highly satisfactory"*, with the scale measuring *strong disagreement* (1) to *strong agreement* (5).
If your question needs clarifying, add a longer description — it appears underneath the question on audience members' devices.
Statements are the specific parts of your broad question that you want an answer to. For example, for *"How satisfied are you with our service?"* you might add statements for different aspects such as *"ease of use"*, *"friendliness of staff"*, or *"speed of delivery"* — up to **8 statements**.
If your broad question *is* your statement and you don't need separate statements, delete all statement boxes. This centralises the layout so your audience responds only to the one question at the top.
Set the wording and number of values on your scale. Values typically run from 1 to 5, but you can increase this to any number below **1000** for a more refined answer. The **low label** and **high label** appear at either end of the scale on your display, and wording for values in between appears on audience devices — provided the difference between the lowest and highest value is no more than 10.
## Rating Scale Settings
Set a time limit between **5 seconds and 20 minutes**. While presenting, you can turn the timer off or change the limit — but once turned off, you can't turn it back on from present mode; you'll need to switch to edit mode to re-enable it.
Stop accepting responses at any point during presenting — useful if you need to clarify a question before your audience submits their answers. Click the **Submission closed** icon to reopen submissions, or the **Submission opened** icon to close them.
Hide all results until you press **Show results**. To apply this to every rating-scale slide at once, open the setting's **More actions** (⋯) menu and choose **Apply to all Rating Scale slides**.
Displays a vertical line showing the average response across all statements of your broad question.
Removes the skip option for statements, making it mandatory for participants to rate every statement.
## Understanding Your Response Data
The graph shows all responses across all statements, colour-coded by statement so you can see exactly how audience members responded to each one.
Average performance for each statement appears in the colour-coded circles at the bottom of the graph. Enable **show the average line for all statements** in **other settings** to see the combined average across all statements, shown as a white circle below the individual averages.
Hover over each circle to see how many responses each value received, or hover over a statement — or its circle average — for an isolated view of how that statement fared.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Set up the Idea Board slide
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/using-slide-types/how-to-use-the-idea-board-slide
Collect ideas from your audience and watch them organise into themes in real time, turning scattered feedback into structured insight instantly.
An Idea Board slide lets your audience submit ideas and see them organised into themes, not just read a scattered list of responses. Instead of asking "What do you think?", you're asking "What themes emerge from our collective thinking?" — with results updating live as submissions and votes come in.
## How It Works
Participants type their ideas from their phones or devices, watch as ideas get organised into groups, vote on what matters most, and discuss patterns as they appear.
## Setting Up an Idea Board Slide
Click **New Slide** and choose **Idea Board**.
Enter your question or prompt in the **Your question** field.
Enable the **Groups** option to add **predefined groups** upfront (best when you know your structure), or leave it off to let ideas cluster with **AI grouping** after you've collected them (best for discovery). See below for details on both.
Click the image icon next to your question to attach an image.
## Settings
Gather participant details (name, email, etc) before they submit ideas. Skip this if you've already enabled Collecting Audience Information in your presentation settings.
Create groups in advance for participants to submit into. See "How Grouping Works" below.
Enable or disable idea voting. When enabled, set the number of votes each participant can use, from 1 to 20. This is an allowance per participant, not a total for the whole audience.
Apply a time limit to submissions. When enabled, choose between 5 seconds and 20 minutes (1200 seconds).
Close submissions if you need to clarify the question or pause before participants submit.
Hide submitted responses from the presenter's screen as they come in. A button in the middle lets you reveal responses when ready.
Allow your audience to see the vote count on their own devices. Leave unchecked to prevent voting bias.
Let participants submit more than one idea.
Let participants submit images alongside their answers.
Hide swear words from the audience (English only).
## Video Tutorial
## How Grouping Works
**Predefined groups** — when **Groups** is enabled, participants choose from groups you've created in advance when they submit. Useful when you have a clear structure, such as "What went well / What didn't" or "Strategic / Operational / Tactical".
**AI grouping** — when **Groups** is disabled, answers appear one after another on the canvas as they arrive. When you're ready to organise, click **Summarise** to have the system analyse submissions and suggest groupings based on similar themes and language, then click **Group responses into themes** to enable Groups with the suggested groupings.
**Refining groups** — drag and drop answers between groups, or use an answer's 3-dot menu to move it. Click a group's name to rename it, click the **+** button next to the last group (or press **G**) to create a new one, and use a group's 3-dot menu to delete it once it's empty.
## Using the Vote Function
If Vote is enabled, move to the **Vote** stage by clicking **Vote** above the submissions, clicking **Next: Vote** at the bottom of the canvas, or pressing **Enter**. Participants then click the **Thumbs up** button under an answer to vote for it — if the answer sits inside a group, they open the group first to find it. Once everyone has voted, move to the **Result** stage the same way; the most-voted answers appear at the top.
Two different figures on an Idea Board are both called votes, so it helps to keep them apart. The **Vote** setting is the allowance each participant gets to spend — 1 to 20 votes per person. The number shown under a submission on the board is the **total** that submission received from everyone who voted, not what any single participant has left.
### Moving Between the Voting Stages
The Idea Board runs through three stages — **Submit**, **Vote**, and **Result** — and you stay in control of them throughout. You can switch to any stage, in either direction, at any point in your presentation: go back to **Submit** to collect more ideas, forward to **Result** to show what won, or back to **Vote** to reopen voting after the results are already on screen.
There are two ways to do it:
* Click the stage you want in the stage bar above the board to go straight to it. This becomes available once at least one idea has been submitted.
* Or step through one stage at a time with the **Next: Vote** / **Next: Result** and **Previous** buttons at the bottom of the canvas, or with **Enter** and **Shift + Enter**.
Nothing is lost when you move backwards. Ideas and votes that are already in are kept, so reopening voting continues the same round rather than starting a fresh one.
On the participant side, because the earlier votes are kept, participants who have already used all of their votes do not get new ones when you reopen voting. They can still change their mind: clicking the **Thumbs up** button on an answer they already voted for takes that vote back, freeing it to be used on a different answer.
Use voting to prioritise individual ideas or themes, let the group decide without endless discussion, or move from brainstorming to decision-making. Skip voting if open discussion will be more valuable.
## On the Participant's Side
Join via link or QR code.
Select a group for their response under **Submit into**.
Type their idea or response in the **Your Response** field.
Include an image if necessary, using the **Upload image** button.
Hit **Submit**, then watch as ideas appear on the board and get organized into groups.
Vote on ideas they find important when the presenter moves to the **Vote** stage.
## Common Use Cases
Idea Boards work anytime you need to collect, organize, and discuss group thinking. Here are the most common ways to use them:
Ask what people thought after an event, training, or meeting — get themed feedback instantly instead of reading dozens of scattered comments. Perfect for conference session feedback, training evaluations, post-event feedback, customer feedback, and employee pulse checks.
Have students categorise examples into predefined groups, forcing them to understand what defines each category rather than just memorise labels. Perfect for business courses, medical training, and leadership development.
Identify what went well and what didn't after a sprint, project, or quarter. AI groups submissions into themes, revealing systemic issues instead of one-off complaints. Perfect for sprint retrospectives, project post-mortems, and quarterly team reviews.
Separate divergent thinking (generating ideas freely) from convergent thinking (organising and prioritising raw ideas into themes). Perfect for design sprints, innovation workshops, and strategic planning.
Discover what patterns exist without biasing responses with predefined categories — collect 200 responses and organize them into 8 themes instead of overwhelming individual feedback. Perfect for product discovery research and customer pain point identification.
Collect stakeholder needs and organize them into a prioritized roadmap. Similar requests cluster together, showing true demand versus one-off requests. Perfect for product roadmap planning and feature prioritization sessions.
Ask participants to post a personal commitment or pledge as an idea card — like a digital sticky note — at the end of a workshop, training session, or team offsite. Grouping isn't required; the goal is a visible, shared record of what people committed to.
## Frequently Asked Questions
It is the total. The number shown under a submission is how many votes that idea received from everyone who voted, added together. The 1-to-20 figure in the **Vote** setting is something different — it is the allowance each participant gets to spend. So a board with 20 participants on 3 votes each has up to 60 votes to distribute across all the submissions.
Yes. Clicking the **Thumbs up** button on an answer they have already voted for takes that vote back, freeing it to be spent on a different answer.
Yes. Switch back to the **Vote** stage at any time. Ideas and votes already in are kept, so voting continues the same round rather than starting a new one — which also means participants who have already spent all of their votes do not receive new ones.
That is controlled by the **Show on Audience's Devices** setting. Leave it unchecked to hide the counts from participants and prevent voting bias; check it to let them follow the totals on their own devices.
No. Voting is optional — turn the **Vote** setting off and the Idea Board runs as a submit-and-group board. Skip voting when open discussion will be more valuable than a ranked list.
No. AI grouping is not limited to English — it clusters submissions by similar theme and language, and works across the languages your participants write in. The only Idea Board setting that is English-only is **Filter Profanity**.
## Tips for Better Idea Board Results
* **Write specific prompts** — vague: *"Share your thoughts"*; better: *"What specific challenge are you facing with remote collaboration?"*
* **Choose the right grouping method** — use predefined groups when teaching a framework or applying known categories; use AI grouping when discovering what themes exist. AI is excellent at initial pattern recognition but may misunderstand context, so always review and refine.
* **Allow enough time** — around 2-3 minutes for in-person sessions, 3-4 minutes for virtual sessions where people need extra time to switch context and type.
* **Don't over-organise** — aim for 6-8 groups maximum; too many defeats the purpose of finding patterns.
* **Let divergence finish before convergence** — don't start grouping ideas while people are still submitting.
* **Move submissions that don't fit** — outliers either reveal a new theme you missed or represent creative thinking worth exploring. Create a new group or mark it as "Other" for discussion.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Set up a Short Answer quiz slide
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/using-slide-types/how-to-use-the-short-answer-quiz-slide
Set up a scored Short Answer quiz where participants type their answer, define the alternatives you accept, and approve edge-case responses on the fly.
The Short Answer slide is an open quiz question with no options to pick from. Instead of choosing, participants **type** their answer — which must match one of the answers you accept to score points. With no multiple choice to guess from, it's a much truer test of what your audience actually knows.
## How It Works
Short Answer is a quiz question type — for leaderboard, team play, and the full quiz walkthrough, see [How to make and run a quiz](/using-slide-types/how-to-make-and-run-a-quiz).
When you present a Short Answer slide, every player sees the question and a text box on their device. They type their answer and submit before the timer runs out. An answer scores points if it matches the **correct answer to display** or any of the **other accepted answers** you've listed.
Because there are no options to choose from, guessing is much harder than on a [Pick Answer](/using-slide-types/using-the-pick-answer-slide) slide — which makes Short Answer a more accurate reflection of your participants' subject knowledge.
## Setting Up a Short Answer Slide
In the editor, create a new slide and select **Short Answer** from the **Quiz** section of the slide type picker.
Type your question in the **Your question** field in the right-hand column.
This is the main answer you accept, and the only one shown on screen when the timer is up. If a player types something that matches one of your other accepted answers instead, it still counts as correct and scores points — it just won't be the answer displayed on the results screen.
Add any alternatives besides the "correct answer to display" that you also want to mark correct and award points for.
Set the time, points, and other settings (see below).
If you want to accept misspellings, add as many likely misspellings of the answer as you can think of into the **other accepted answers** field. Short Answer matches against the exact answers you list, so spelling variants you don't add won't be counted automatically.
## Settings
The maximum and minimum points possible for the question. With **Faster answers get more points** off, every correct answer receives the maximum.
Toggle on to reward players who answer sooner.
The number of seconds each player has to type their answer.
Toggle on to add a leaderboard slide automatically after this question.
Because players type free text, the Short Answer slide is eligible for the [profanity filter setting](/presenting/how-to-use-profanity-filter), which blocks banned words entered by audience members.
## How Answers Are Matched
When a player submits an answer, AhaSlides compares it against your **correct answer to display** and every **other accepted answer**. Before comparing, it makes four allowances:
* **Capitalisation is ignored** — `paris`, `Paris`, and `PARIS` all match an accepted answer of `Paris`, so there is no need to list capitalisation variants.
* **Spaces before and after the answer are ignored**, so a stray space a player types on a phone keyboard won't cost them the point.
* **Curly and straight quote marks are treated as the same character**, so an apostrophe or speech mark that a phone keyboard auto-curls still matches an accepted answer typed with a plain straight one.
* **Accented characters are normalised**, so the same accented letter still matches when a player's keyboard or input method produces it differently.
Beyond those allowances the answer has to match exactly. In particular, **punctuation counts**: `Dr. Smith` does not match `Dr Smith`, and `1,000` does not match `1000`. Spelling counts too — a misspelling only scores if you listed it.
If a punctuation or spelling difference would be unfair to your players, either add both versions to **other accepted answers** before you present, or accept the answers manually once the results are shown (see below).
## The Results Display
After your participants have submitted their answers and the correct answer is revealed, the results screen shows:
1. The **correct answer to display**.
2. **Incorrect answers**: if there are 4 or fewer different incorrect answers, each one is displayed; if there are 5 or more, three incorrect answers are displayed along with an **other answers** entry that groups together every remaining incorrect answer.
## Manually Accepting Answers
Sometimes a player types an answer that doesn't exactly match any of your accepted answers, but you still consider it correct (a synonym, an abbreviation, a typo you didn't anticipate). You can accept these on the fly.
Once the question results are shown, an **Accept more answers** button appears at the bottom of the slide. Click it to bring up every answer players submitted for that question.
* **Click the circle** in the top-right corner of any answer box to accept that answer and award its points.
* Answers are grouped when identical and arranged by how many players wrote them, so the most common "technically incorrect" answers — the ones you're most likely to accept — appear first. You can also see who entered each answer.
When you've accepted everything you want, click **See full results**.
## Previewing and Presenting
Click **Preview** in the top header to rehearse the slide from both the presenter and player view before going live. When you're ready, click **Present** — players join at the access code, enter their name, and type their answers on their phones.
For the full walkthrough of building and hosting a quiz — joining, the lobby, team play, and more — see [How to make and run a quiz](/using-slide-types/how-to-make-and-run-a-quiz).
## How to Create a Good Short Answer Slide
* **Ask for a short, specific answer** — a single word, name, number, or short phrase works best when players are typing on a phone.
* **List every reasonable accepted answer** — synonyms, abbreviations, and common misspellings — so you don't have to accept them manually under time pressure.
* **Avoid questions with many valid phrasings** — "Name a benefit of exercise" has too many right answers; "What organ pumps blood?" has one.
* **Use it where guessing would undermine the quiz** — vocabulary, capitals, formulas, dates, and definitions are ideal.
## Common Use Cases
Spelling, vocabulary, capitals, dates, and formulas where you want genuine recall, not recognition.
Confirm trainees can produce a key term or figure from memory, not just recognise it in a list.
Make rounds harder and more rewarding by removing the multiple-choice safety net.
Check that staff can name a value, feature, or policy unprompted.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Embed a YouTube video on a slide
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/using-slide-types/how-to-use-youtube-slides-on-ahaslides
Embed a YouTube video into your presentation so it plays on both your presenter screen and your audience's own smartphones.
A YouTube slide plays a YouTube video directly inside your presentation — on your presenter screen, and optionally on your audience's own smartphones too.
## Adding a YouTube Slide
Choose the YouTube video that you want to play on AhaSlides and copy its link.
Paste the link of the YouTube video into the **YouTube link** field.
Check the box **Also show on audience's smartphones** if you want the YouTube video to also be shown on the audience's smartphones.
Your audience will need to click the Play button on the video themselves.
## Embedding a YouTube Short
Open the YouTube Shorts video.
Click on the URL in the browser's address bar.
Replace the word **shorts** with **watch** in the URL, then press Enter.
The Shorts link converts into a regular YouTube watch link, which you can then embed into AhaSlides as above.
## Frequently Asked Questions
No. AhaSlides doesn't have a direct video-file upload — videos are added by link instead. Use a **YouTube slide** for a YouTube video, or the [Embed slide](/using-slide-types/using-the-embed-slide) for other supported platforms and for HTML embed code.
If your video is an MP4 on your computer, upload it to YouTube (or another platform the Embed slide supports) first, then paste that link into your slide.
If you'd rather not put the video on YouTube, there's another way round it: upload the video into a Google Slides presentation, then bring that presentation into AhaSlides with the [Google Slides slide](/using-slide-types/using-your-google-slides-presentation-with-ahaslides). Your video plays from inside the Google Slides deck.
Images and audio can be uploaded from your device — see [Image Upload Guidelines](/features-and-functions/upload-image-guidelines-for-ahaslides) and [Slide Audio, Presentation Audio and Sound Effects](/features-and-functions/slide-audio-presentation-audio-and-sound-effects). You can also import PowerPoint and PDF files, covered in [Importing a PowerPoint Presentation or PDF File](/features-and-functions/importing-a-powerpoint-presentation-or-pdf-file).
On a YouTube slide, you and your audience press **Play** on the video yourselves. If you need the video to start automatically, add it through the [Embed slide](/using-slide-types/using-the-embed-slide) instead and include the `autoplay=1` parameter in the embed code.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Quiz settings on AhaSlides
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/using-slide-types/quiz-settings-on-ahaslides
Every setting for an AhaSlides quiz — per-slide points, time limits, partial scoring, hints and audio, plus general quiz settings and audience-paced quizzes.
A quiz on AhaSlides has two layers of settings: the ones on each individual quiz slide, and the general ones that apply to the whole quiz. This article covers both, plus how to run a quiz without a host.
New to quizzes? Start with [How to Make and Run a Quiz](/using-slide-types/how-to-make-and-run-a-quiz), then come back here to fine-tune it.
## Slide Settings
Each quiz slide in your quiz has its own settings. Select the slide, open the **Content** tab in the right-hand column of the editor, and scroll down to find them. These per-slide settings — including the answer **Time limit** — live on the **Content** tab, *not* under the general **Settings** tab, which holds the whole-quiz settings covered in [Other Settings for Quizzes](#other-settings-for-quizzes) below.
The maximum and minimum number of points it is possible to get on that question. If **Faster answers get more points** is unchecked, any correct answer receives the maximum number of points.
Enable this option to encourage players to answer quicker. For example, if the time to answer is 100 seconds and the reward points are set to 100 maximum and 0 minimum, a player submitting their answer with 80 seconds left receives 80 points.
How long each player has to answer, between **5 seconds and 20 minutes**. A quiz slide always keeps a time limit — you can change its length but can't switch it off, because scoring depends partly on how quickly players answer. To run a question with no countdown, use an interactive slide type where the timer is optional instead — [Poll](/using-slide-types/creating-a-poll-question-on-ahaslides), [Word Cloud](/using-slide-types/using-the-word-cloud-slide), [Open-Ended](/using-slide-types/using-the-open-ended-slide), and [Rating Scale](/using-slide-types/how-to-use-rating-scale-slides-on-ahaslides) all let you turn the timer off.
If enabled, a leaderboard slide is added right after this slide.
## Partial Scoring
When setting up a Pick Answer slide, you can mark multiple answers as correct. If you do, participants can pick more than one answer, and the **Partial scoring** option appears — toggle it on or off:
* **On** — Players score points for each correct answer, but any incorrect answer results in 0 points.
* **Off** — Players must select all correct answers to score points.
Partial scoring can also be toggled on the **Match Pairs** and **Categorise** slide types. [Click here to read how it works](/using-slide-types/using-the-match-pairs-slide).
## Adding Hints
You can add hints to your quiz questions to help out players. Only the presenter can choose to reveal a hint during a question.
Click the **Add hint** button above your question.
Write up to 3 hints in the boxes.
Your first hint appears in a yellow box below your question. While presenting, press the arrow to reveal the next hint.
Hints appear on both the presenter's screen and the audience's screens.
Hints are currently only available on the Pick Answer slide.
## Adding Audio
If you're on the **Pro or Enterprise** plan, you can also add accompanying audio to your quiz questions. See [Slide and Presentation Audio](/features-and-functions/slide-audio-presentation-audio-and-sound-effects) for more.
## Other Settings for Quizzes
Aside from the settings on each slide, you can also enable/disable general settings for the whole quiz. Find these under **Settings** in the right side menu bar, then **General quiz settings**.
When turned on, the presenter and participants can exchange messages, inspire friendly competition, and have lively discussions on the quiz lobby screen. This cultivates a thriving atmosphere, transforming the quiz into an exciting and bonding experience. To clear the chat feed before reusing the presentation, [reset the presentation's results](/after-the-presentation/resetting-the-results) — this wipes the Live Chat messages along with all other participant submissions.
Turn on music and sound effects that automatically play during the quiz lobby screen, quiz slides, and each leaderboard screen. You can also toggle this off and on directly on screen in the top-left corner. The music and sound effects are selected by AhaSlides and are not customisable. Sound effects accompany the countdown on quiz slides, signalling both the beginning of the quiz and the impending conclusion as the timer winds down; music plays throughout the quiz. On a leaderboard slide, a short jingle plays while the leaderboard rearranges to show new standings, and a different, more triumphant jingle announces the winner on the final leaderboard slide.
When on, each question is preceded by a 5-second countdown timer, giving players time to read the question before they answer.
Available on **Edu Medium, Edu Large, Pro, and Enterprise** plans. Players play the quiz in teams rather than individually. See [Running a Team Quiz](/features-and-functions/running-a-team-quiz) to set this up.
Available on **Edu Medium, Edu Large, Pro, and Enterprise** plans. Answer options for players on all Pick Answer, Match Pairs, and Correct Order slides are shuffled randomly, making it harder for players to swap answers by showing each other their screens. This shuffles the answer options within each question; it does not change the order of the questions themselves, which always appear in the order you built them in.
Available on **all paid plans**. Does not work in [Self-paced mode](/presenting/setting-up-a-self-paced-presentation-on-ahaslides). When toggled on, the presenter sees an option at the end of each quiz question to explain it in greater detail before revealing how everyone voted.
**Enabled** — participants select an avatar when they join the quiz at the Lobby screen. **Disabled** — participants can join the quiz without avatars.
## Audience-Paced/Self-Paced Quizzes
You can also let your players play a quiz without a host. This is great for teachers who want to assign a quiz as homework, or quiz masters who want to give players freedom to complete a quiz at a time that suits them.
To set this up, see [Setting up a Self-Paced Presentation on AhaSlides](/presenting/setting-up-a-self-paced-presentation-on-ahaslides).
## Where to Go Next
The full walkthrough — choosing a quiz slide, editing it, getting players in, and presenting.
Auto-end quiz timers, character limits, hiding results, and what you can restyle on a quiz slide.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Quiz troubleshooting and FAQs
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/using-slide-types/quiz-troubleshooting-and-faqs
Answers to the most common questions about running an AhaSlides quiz — auto-end timers, character limits, hiding results, layout, and join problems.
These are the questions we're asked most often once a quiz is up and running. For the setup walkthrough, see [How to Make and Run a Quiz](/using-slide-types/how-to-make-and-run-a-quiz); for every toggle and its meaning, see [Quiz settings on AhaSlides](/using-slide-types/quiz-settings-on-ahaslides).
## Frequently Asked Questions
This feature automatically ends the quiz timer once all participants have submitted their answers. It counts the highest number of participants who were in the quiz at the same time after the presenter clicked **Present**. For example, if your quiz had a peak of 100 participants but 1-2 later left, the system still treats the total as 100 — so the timer won't auto-end until it has responses accounted for from all 100. The count only resets when the presenter exits presenting mode and clicks **Present** again. The presenter can also manually end the timer by hovering over it and clicking **End now**.
No. Every quiz slide keeps a time limit — you can set it anywhere from **5 seconds to 20 minutes**, but you can't switch it off, because quiz scoring is based partly on how quickly players answer. While presenting, you can end the countdown for the current question early by hovering over the timer and clicking **End now**, but that ends the question rather than removing the timer.
For an unscored question where you'd rather let participants respond at their own pace, use a slide type where the timer is optional instead. On [Poll](/using-slide-types/creating-a-poll-question-on-ahaslides), [Word Cloud](/using-slide-types/using-the-word-cloud-slide), [Open-Ended](/using-slide-types/using-the-open-ended-slide), and [Rating Scale](/using-slide-types/how-to-use-rating-scale-slides-on-ahaslides) slides the timer is off by default — you can switch it on if you want one, but nothing forces a countdown.
The answer **Time limit** is a *per-slide* setting, so it isn't under the general **Settings** tab. Select the quiz slide, open the **Content** tab in the right-hand column, and scroll down to **Time limit** — you can set it anywhere from **5 seconds to 20 minutes**. For what each per-slide setting does, see [Quiz settings on AhaSlides](/using-slide-types/quiz-settings-on-ahaslides).
Adjust two settings: turn on **Manually show correct answers** in the general quiz settings so the correct answer is only revealed when you choose (note this doesn't work in [Self-paced mode](/presenting/setting-up-a-self-paced-presentation-on-ahaslides)); and to hide the leaderboard between questions, delete the in-between leaderboard slides (or turn off the **Leaderboard** setting on each quiz slide) and keep a single leaderboard at the very end — see [Adding and Deleting a Leaderboard on your Quiz](/features-and-functions/adding-and-deleting-a-leaderboard-on-your-quiz).
Yes. Each quiz question can be up to **300 characters** long. As you type in the **Your question** box, a counter shows how many characters you have left, and the box stops accepting input once you reach the limit.
The same 300-character limit applies whether you type a question directly in the editor or [import your questions from a spreadsheet](/features-and-functions/creating-and-importing-quiz-questions-from-a-spreadsheet). If you need to give players more detail than the limit allows, add a heading or content slide before the quiz slide to carry the extra context.
This happens when no live host is driving the quiz at the moment they scan. In the default **host-led** setup, participants can only join and answer while you are in **Present** mode on a quiz slide — the quiz isn't "open" before you press **Present**, or while a non-quiz slide is on screen. There is no way to keep a host-led quiz permanently open for people to join on their own.
Which fix you want depends on how you're running it:
1. **Running it live, with you hosting.** Press **Present** and move to a quiz slide *before* people scan. They land in the lobby and answer in step with you. See [How to Make and Run a Quiz](/using-slide-types/how-to-make-and-run-a-quiz).
2. **Letting people answer any time, with no host.** Switch to self-paced mode: on the presentation edit screen open the **Settings** tab, click **Who takes the lead**, and choose **Audience (self-paced)**. Participants can then open the link or scan the QR code whenever they like and work through the quiz at their own pace. See [Setting up a self-paced presentation on AhaSlides](/presenting/setting-up-a-self-paced-presentation-on-ahaslides).
Either way, make sure the presentation is in **public** mode before you share it — a presentation left in private mode won't open for participants. You can check and change this from the **Share** menu; see [Turning on private mode for your presentation](/presenting/turning-on-private-mode-for-your-presentation).
No. Quiz slides use a fixed layout: the question, the answer options, and the slide image sit in set positions, and you cannot drag, resize, or stack them. There are also no line-spacing or letter-spacing controls for quiz text.
You can still style a quiz slide. Change the font and the text colour from the text toolbar, and set a background colour, a background image, and its transparency under the **Design** tab. Each slide uses one background at a time — a colour or a single image — rather than multiple stacked background layers.
For full design freedom, use a [Content slide](/using-slide-types/using-the-content-slide) instead. It gives you a free-form canvas where you can add several text boxes, images, and GIFs, position and resize each one anywhere on the slide, and stack them using **Bring forward** and **Send backward**. A common setup is a Content slide for the themed intro or the answer reveal, followed by the quiz slide itself.
Three more common questions — why a quiz isn't asking players for their names, how to clear player answers, and how to test a quiz — are answered on [How to Make and Run a Quiz](/using-slide-types/how-to-make-and-run-a-quiz).
## Where to Go Next
The full walkthrough — choosing a quiz slide, editing it, getting players in, and presenting.
Per-slide points, time limits, partial scoring, hints and audio, plus the general quiz settings.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Gather audience questions with Q&A
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/using-slide-types/using-qa
Let your audience submit questions at any point — from a dedicated Q&A slide or across all slides — with built-in moderation and upvoting.
The Q\&A feature lets you gather questions from your audience during a presentation, then organise and answer them one by one.
## Two Q\&A Modes
Add a **Q\&A slide** to your presentation deck from the slide type picker. Participants can only send you questions while you're presenting that slide. Type a heading in the **Heading** field to invite your audience to ask — something clear and welcoming works best, for example *"Got a question? Ask away!"*
To add one, click **New slide** and select **Q\&A**.
If your presentation includes more than one Q\&A slide, all submitted questions appear on **every** Q\&A slide — Q\&A works as a single, shared session across the entire presentation, not as separate question boards per slide. A question submitted on one Q\&A slide is also visible on any other Q\&A slide in the same presentation.
Enable **Q\&A on all slides** in your presentation settings — click **Settings** in the right menu bar, find **When can the audience send you questions?**, and select **On all slides**. When active, a button labelled **Ask a question** appears on participants' devices throughout the entire presentation, not just on a dedicated Q\&A slide, so they can submit questions at any moment. This mode is available on **Essential, Pro, Enterprise,** and **Edu Large** plans.
While this is on, you'll see a counter of all unanswered questions submitted during your presentation. Click the counter to pop up the Q\&A interface and answer questions right away, the same way you would on a Q\&A slide.
You can select **On all slides** and still keep a dedicated Q\&A slide at the same time — your audience can send questions throughout the presentation, and you address them all when you reach the slide.
## Managing Questions
The Q\&A queue on your presenter screen lets you sort and manage incoming questions using five filters:
* **Top** — sorts by most upvoted questions first, so the most popular questions rise to the top. This is the default filter.
* **Pinned** — shows only questions you have pinned, keeping your priority items visible.
* **Newest** — sorts by most recently submitted.
* **Oldest** — sorts by earliest submitted, useful for working through questions in the order they arrived.
* **Answered** — shows questions you have already marked as answered.
**To answer a question:**
1. Click the question in the queue.
2. Click **Answer** to mark it as answered. The question moves to the Answered tab and out of the active queue.
**To pin a question:**
Hover over any question and click **Pin**. This both moves it under the **Pinned** filter and sticks it to the top of the **Top questions** filter. Pin a question when you want to come back to it or when it's currently being discussed.
## Q\&A Settings
Find these settings in the **Content** panel of your Q\&A slide, or in **Settings → Q\&A with your audience**. The same settings apply whether you're holding Q\&A on all slides or only on a dedicated Q\&A slide.
Automatically block questions containing offensive language before they appear in the live queue. See [how to use the profanity filter](/presenting/how-to-use-profanity-filter) for details. Enable this for any session where the audience is large or not fully known.
Available on **Pro, Enterprise,** and **Edu Large** plans. Review questions before they appear on screen. When this is on, every submitted question is held as **Pending** until you let it through — click **Approve** to send a question to the live queue, or **Dismiss** to hide it. Each moves to the **Approved** or **Dismissed** category, and you can send a question back to **Pending** if you change your mind. Recommended for public webinars and large events.
You approve or dismiss questions from your presenter screen, or from **Backstage** while presenting.
**Want a separate person to moderate from another device?** Start presenting, open [Backstage](/presenting/using-backstage-while-presenting-on-ahaslides), and use its **Remote Control** link — share the QR code or link with your moderator and they can approve or dismiss questions from their own device **without access to your AhaSlides account**. Your changes and theirs stay in sync in real time. See [Using Backstage and Remote Control](/presenting/using-backstage-while-presenting-on-ahaslides#remote-control) for the full steps.
Lets each audience member see all submitted questions on their own device, as well as on the presenter's screen. Turning this off creates a private queue visible only to the presenter.
Lets each audience member submit a question without entering their name. The name field still appears but isn't mandatory to fill in.
The Q\&A slide supports up to **1,000 questions per presentation**.
Enable **Moderation** for webinars or large public events to prevent off-topic or inappropriate questions from appearing live. You can review and approve questions in real time from the presenter dashboard without the audience seeing the delay.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Use the 2×2 Matrix slide
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/using-slide-types/using-the-2x2-matrix-slide
The 2×2 Matrix slide lets your audience rate items on two axes at once, then plots where the room landed as a live grid of dots across four quadrants.
Some choices need two things weighed at the same time — not just "is this a good idea?" but "is it a good idea *and* is it worth the effort?" The 2×2 Matrix slide lets your whole audience rate a handful of items against two scales at once, then plots where everyone landed on a live grid. Fuzzy group opinion becomes one clear picture.
## How the 2×2 Matrix Slide Works
You name two axes — a **Y-axis** (the vertical scale, bottom to top) and an **X-axis** (the horizontal scale, left to right) — and list the items you want the room to rate, up to 8 of them. On their phones, each participant gets a card for every item with **two sliders — one per axis, each running 0–10** — and drags them to place the item, then hits **Submit**.
On your presenter screen, the placements aggregate live: each item appears as a single coloured dot positioned at the **average of everyone's ratings**, with a colour-keyed legend, quadrant labels built from your axis names, and a running response count. As more people submit, each dot settles toward the room's consensus. It is an **unscored Opinion slide** — there is no right answer and no leaderboard, just a crowd-sourced perceptual map that updates as answers come in.
## Setting Up Your 2×2 Matrix Slide
In the editor, click **New slide** (top-left) and select **2×2 Matrix** from the Opinion section of the slide type picker.
Click into the slide's title field and type the prompt your audience will answer — for example, "Where does each idea land?" or "Rate these brands." Keep it clear, since it frames how people read the grid.
In the settings panel, under **Axes**, fill in the two axis labels: **Y-axis Label** (the vertical scale, bottom to top) and **X-axis Label** (the horizontal scale, left to right), up to 30 characters each. Leave them blank and they default to **Impact** (Y) and **Effort** (X), the classic prioritization pairing. The quadrant labels on the results screen are composed automatically from these names, so a clear pair of axes makes the outcome easy to read.
List the items you want the room to rate — a minimum of **1** and up to **8**. Each item is automatically assigned its own colour from the brand palette so it stands out on the grid, and you can reorder or remove items as needed. An empty row shows a suggested placeholder to hint at the format.
Under **Other settings**, the **Must rate all items** checkbox (on by default) controls skipping. Left checked, participants must place every item before they can submit. Uncheck it to let people **Skip** an item that doesn't apply — skipped items carry no placement and are left out of the tally. Each participant's placements are remembered on their device, so navigating away and back won't ask them to rate twice.
## Previewing and Presenting
Click **Preview** in the top header to rehearse the slide before going live — no participants needed. You'll see both the presenter view (the four-quadrant grid) and the participant view (the two-slider cards on a phone screen).
When you're ready, click **Present**. Participants join at the access code shown on screen, and their placements populate your grid live as coloured dots.
## Audience Experience
On their phones, participants work through your items one at a time. Each item gets its own card with **two sliders** — one for each axis, running 0–10 — both starting in the middle. They drag each slider to set where that item sits, then hit **Submit** ("Set each item on both scales, then submit."). If skipping is allowed, anything that doesn't apply can be passed over with **Skip**. A confirmation ("Your grid is in") closes the loop, and their placements are remembered on the device so they aren't asked to rate the same items twice.
## Getting the Results as Data
The presenter grid shows each item at the **average** of everyone's placements, not the individual submissions behind it. To pull every participant's raw response, [export your presentation data to Excel](/after-the-presentation/export-data-to-excel) after presenting. Each person's submission lands on the **Opinion Answers** sheet, recording the exact position they set on both axes for every item — the raw data behind the dots on your grid.
## Common Use Cases
The 2×2 Matrix earns its place the moment a *second* dimension matters. If you only care about one scale, a [poll](/using-slide-types/creating-a-poll-question-on-ahaslides) or a [rating scale](/using-slide-types/how-to-use-rating-scale-slides-on-ahaslides) will do — but when two things have to be weighed together, the grid is what turns a fuzzy debate into a picture everyone can see.
Plot ideas on **Impact × Effort** and the quick wins surface on their own: high impact, low effort, one corner, done. High-effort, low-impact items sink to the opposite corner where they belong. This is the classic prioritization use, and usually the first one teams reach for.
Run the famous Eisenhower matrix live with **Urgency × Importance** and a list of real tasks. Instead of just hearing about the framework, the room applies it to their own work — which is what makes it stick.
Ask students to place items on axes like **Size × Speed** (cheetah, elephant, snail, falcon) and the comparison turns visual. When the class disagrees about where something goes, that disagreement is the discussion starting.
Build a perceptual map with **Price × Quality** and have the room rate a set of brands. You see how your audience really pictures each one against the others — and the result sometimes surprises you.
Assess choices on **Risk × Reward** to put two dimensions people usually judge separately side by side. It suits finance, planning, and strategy calls where the safe-but-boring option needs a fair face-off against the risky-but-shiny one.
Two scales at once is exactly what makes these playful, because the gaps between where people land become the joke. Try **Rate the boss** (Easy-going × Generous), **Rate the snacks** (Healthy × Tasty), **Rate the team trip ideas** (Relaxing × Adventurous), **Rate our meetings** (Useful × Long), or **Rate remote-work habits** (Camera on × On time). Everyone spots themselves in one corner — no comment.
By putting two questions on screen at once, the 2×2 Matrix turns scattered opinions into a shared map — showing not just what the room thinks, but exactly where it agrees and where it splits.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Create a Brainstorm slide
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/using-slide-types/using-the-brainstorm-slide
Let participants submit ideas, vote for their favourites, and reveal ranked results in a three-stage group brainstorming activity.
A Brainstorm slide turns your session into a group thinking exercise: participants submit ideas, vote for their favourites, and you reveal the results ranked by popularity — three stages, one slide.
## Setting Up a Brainstorm Slide
Click *New slide* in the AhaSlides editor and choose the **Brainstorm** slide.
Enter the question or prompt you want participants to brainstorm on.
Add any additional fields for participants to fill out, such as **name** or **email**.
Specify how many votes each participant gets to cast on others' ideas.
Choose whether participants can submit **one idea** or **multiple ideas**.
## The Three Stages
When you present, your audience moves through three stages:
Participants write their ideas and fill in any additional fields you've set up. Ideas appear on the presenter's screen in the order they're submitted, with up to **200 ideas** per slide. Show or hide submissions at any time by clicking the eye icon under **Submission**.
Click **Next: Voting** to open the voting stage. Participants see all submitted ideas and vote for their favourites. Hide the vote count during voting by clicking the eye icon under **Voting** for a more dramatic reveal at the end.
Click **Next: Result** to rank all submissions by vote count. Click any idea to enlarge it on screen.
## Video Tutorial
## Brainstorm in Self-Paced Mode
If participants access the slide in [self-paced mode](/presenting/setting-up-a-self-paced-presentation-on-ahaslides), they move through the three stages on their own device without waiting for the presenter to advance.
Participants who go through the slide earlier can't see ideas submitted after they voted, so late submitters receive fewer votes. To work around this, ask participants to submit their ideas first, then return once all submissions are in before voting begins.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Set up a Categorise quiz slide
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/using-slide-types/using-the-categorise-slide
Turn sorting exercises into a live scored quiz — participants drag items into categories on their phones while results populate your screen in real time.
Categorise is a [quiz](/using-slide-types/how-to-make-and-run-a-quiz) question type where participants sort a shared list of items into predefined categories on their phones, with results updating live on the presenter screen.
## How It Works
When you present a Categorise slide, participants see a list of shuffled items on their devices and drag each one into the category they think it belongs in. The more items they get right — and the faster they answer — the more points they earn. On your presenter screen, the category columns populate with items in real time as responses come in.
## Setting Up a Categorise Slide
In the editor, click **New slide** and select **Categorise** from the **Quiz** section of the slide type picker.
Click into the **Your question** field and type the challenge you want participants to tackle. Be specific about what they're sorting.
In the **Category & options** section, enter all the items participants will sort into the shared **"Enter options, separated by commas"** field. AhaSlides splits them automatically into draggable items on the participant screen. You can also press **Enter** after each item instead of typing a comma. Each item can be up to 150 characters long.
Fill in a name for each category block. You can add up to **8 categories** by clicking **+ Add Category**. You can also type category-specific items into the **"Enter options, separated by commas"** field inside each category to pre-assign them as correct answers.
Configure scoring and timing — see Settings below — then save your slide.
## Settings
Set the **Max** and **Min** points for the question. All correct answers receive the maximum unless **Faster answers get more points** is enabled.
Toggle this on to reward speed. For example, with 45 seconds on the clock and a max of 1,000 points, answering with 30 seconds remaining earns more than answering in the final seconds.
Toggle this on to award points for each correctly sorted item, even if the participant doesn't get them all right.
Set how many seconds participants have to answer. The default is **45 seconds**.
Toggle this on to show a leaderboard slide automatically after the Categorise slide.
## Why did one of my items split into several items?
Because the item text contained a comma or a semicolon. The options field treats **both `,` and `;` as item separators**, and pressing **Enter** or **Tab** ends the current item too. There is no escape character, so an item cannot contain a comma or a semicolon in its own text — paste a full sentence with a comma in it and it arrives on the participant screen as two separate draggable cards.
This matters most for language and grammar activities, where the items are complete sentences rather than single words. If your items need internal punctuation, replace it with something the field doesn't split on:
| Instead of | Use |
| ---------------------------------- | ----------------------------------- |
| `Before we start, open your books` | `Before we start — open your books` |
| `Yes, I agree; strongly` | `Yes (I agree) strongly` |
A dash, a colon, or parentheses all stay inside a single item. If a delimiter you can choose yourself would help your activity, tell our support team — we pass this kind of feedback to our product team.
## Can I change the category frame colors?
Not individually. The colored frame around each category is not a setting you can customize per category — it follows the presentation's overall visualization color, which is set for the whole presentation rather than per element. Changing your **Design > Customize** visualization color won't recolor the category frames either, since that setting applies to charts and answer displays, not Categorise frames specifically. If you'd like this level of control, let our support team know — we pass this kind of feedback to our product team.
## Video Tutorial
## Try It: Corporate Training and Onboarding Template
Want a ready-made example? This template runs three Categorise rounds built for onboarding: sort company values into **Strategic Priority** or **Cultural Pillar**, classify customer complaints by **support tier**, and assign onboarding tasks to **HR**, **IT**, or **Manager**.
Open this Categorise example in AhaSlides and make it your own.
## Common Use Cases
Sort vocabulary words by grammatical category, classify organisms into kingdoms, or group historical events by era — live results show teachers where the class needs revisiting.
Have new hires sort company values into "strategic priority" or "cultural pillar" buckets, or classify customer complaints by support tier.
Sort a backlog of improvement ideas into "quick win", "big bet", and "park for later" buckets, or group blockers by root cause.
Sort fun facts, team trivia, or product features into themed categories to warm up a conference session or all-hands.
Ask participants to sort product attributes into "must-have", "nice-to-have", and "not needed" columns, or group use cases by department.
For scoring mechanics, the leaderboard, and other quiz-wide settings, see [Quiz](/using-slide-types/how-to-make-and-run-a-quiz).
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Create a Content slide
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/using-slide-types/using-the-content-slide
Build custom, non-interactive slides with freely positioned text, image, GIF, emoji, and shape blocks, plus animations, for full layout control.
A Content slide lets you design custom, non-interactive slides — think of it as a PowerPoint-style canvas where you place and style blocks of text, images, and other elements exactly where you want them.
## How It Works
The Content slide is non-interactive: participants see it on their phones but can't respond to it, aside from sending reactions. It works in **blocks**, just like a normal PowerPoint slide — add content within blocks and move those blocks freely to lay out the slide however you like. Every Content slide starts with two blocks by default.
The Content slide only works on laptops and PCs with a minimum screen width of **1180px**. If you're on a laptop or PC but still see a width warning, zoom out in your browser to edit the slide.
## Editing Blocks
Click a block once to move or rotate it, and reveal options to **duplicate** or **delete** it.
Click the block again to edit its text, formatting, colour, alignment, images, and more.
## Adding New Blocks
Use the **5 icons at the top of the slide** to add new blocks:
| Icon | Adds |
| --------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **Text** | A new text block |
| **Image** | Opens the upload screen — upload from your computer or clipboard, or choose from the inbuilt library |
| **GIF** | Opens the upload screen — upload a GIF from your computer or clipboard, or choose from the inbuilt library |
| **Emoji** | Opens the emoji list — pick one to place it on the slide |
| **Shape** | Opens the shape list — pick a shape, then drag its sides to resize it (hold **Shift** to keep proportions) |
You can also create a new block by duplicating an existing one and changing its content.
## Positioning Blocks
Blocks have a **layered structure** — a block on top of another will obscure it. Bring a block **forward** or send it **backward** to change its layering.
Use the **alignment guides** to centre blocks precisely: drag a block toward the middle of the canvas and it snaps into position along the vertical line, the horizontal line, or both.
## Adding Animation
Click the block you want to animate.
Locate and click the **Animation** icon.
Pick the animation effect you want applied to the block. Select **No animation** at any time to remove it.
Content slide animations are **entrance effects that play when you reach the slide** — every animated block plays its effect together at that point. Each block can hold one animation at a time. To reveal blocks **one at a time on click** (the PowerPoint-style sequence), use the [Content v2](/using-slide-types/using-the-content-v2-slide) slide instead, which supports per-block **On click** step sequencing.
## Slide Preview
The Content slide is the only slide type that shows a **full preview** of its content in the left-hand slide panel of the editor — useful for navigating presentations with multiple Content slides.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Build slides with Content v2
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/using-slide-types/using-the-content-v2-slide
Create polished, layout-driven slides in AhaSlides using ready-made templates or custom text, callout, visual, media, and data blocks.
The Content v2 slide is a design canvas for building polished, structured presentation slides. Choose a pre-built layout or compose the slide block by block — mixing text, images, tables, callouts, shapes, and more — then present it to your audience.
## How It Works
Like the original [Content](/using-slide-types/using-the-content-slide) slide, Content v2 is **non-interactive** — participants see the slide on their screens but can't submit a response. The upgrade is in the authoring experience: a structured block system replaces the free-floating canvas, giving you a richer set of content types and purpose-built layout templates.
**Let AI do the heavy lifting**: the AhaSlides AI slide agent can generate a ready-to-use Content v2 slide from a plain-text prompt. Open the AI slide agent, describe what you need (e.g. *"a cover slide for a product launch"* or *"a comparison table for three pricing tiers"*), and the agent builds the slide with blocks and content already in place.
## Adding a Content v2 Slide
Click **New slide**, then scroll to the **Content** section of the slide type picker.
Choose **Content v2**. The slide opens with a prompt: *"Choose a layout or insert elements →"*
## Two Ways to Build Your Slide
AhaSlides ships a growing gallery of named, pre-designed layouts — cover slides, agenda grids, callout cards, comparison tables, image-and-text pairs, and more. Examples include *Cover Hero*, *Agenda*, *Feature matrix*, *Pull quote*, and *Process steps* — but the full gallery inside the editor is the authoritative list, since it's regularly expanded.
To browse it, look for the **Layouts** section in the right panel (visible when no block is selected), then click **Browse all →** to open the full picker. Scroll or search by name for a starting point that matches your content. Clicking a layout fills the canvas with a matching arrangement of pre-styled blocks — each independently editable straight away.
Click **+ Insert** at the top of the right panel to open the block picker, which has a search bar to filter by name. Blocks are grouped into five categories:
| Category | Blocks |
| ------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **Text** | Title, Body, Bullets, Numbered (list), Quote, Section header |
| **Callouts** | Note, Info, Tip, Important, Warning, Caution, Success, Question |
| **Visual** | Image, Rectangle, Circle, Line, Arrow, Divider, Icon |
| **Media** | Video, Audio, Timer |
| **Data** | Table, Big stat, Code |
Each block you insert appears on the canvas and can be repositioned, resized, and styled independently.
## Editing Blocks
Click any block to select it. The right panel switches to that block's settings across three tabs:
* **Style** — font family, formatting, and colour controls, plus a Markdown input (blocks accept Markdown syntax, so `# Heading`, `**bold**`, and `- list item` all render correctly).
* **Layout** — size, position, and alignment options for the selected block.
* **Animate** — animation settings for when the block appears during a presentation.
The canvas toolbar for a selected block also gives quick access to bold, italic, underline, strikethrough, font size, text colour, and text alignment without opening the panel.
To delete a block, select it and click **Delete** in the canvas toolbar, or press the Delete key.
## Animating and Sequencing Blocks
Each block can animate as it appears while you present. Select a block and open the **Animate** tab to set it up:
* **Animation** — the entrance effect: Fade in, Slide (up, down, left, or right), Scale in, Zoom in, or Bounce. Choose **None** to remove it.
* **Trigger** — **Auto** plays the animation as soon as you reach the slide; **On click** keeps the block hidden until you click to advance to its step.
* **Step** (On click only) — the block's place in the click sequence. Give several blocks the **same step number** to reveal them together on one click.
* **Timing** — a **Delay** before the block animates, and the animation **Duration**.
The **Sequence** panel lists every animated block in playback order, grouped into **Auto (plays on slide enter)** and **On click** steps. Use the up and down arrows on a step to move it earlier or later.
To reveal images or points **one after another** — the "appear on click" flow familiar from PowerPoint — give each block an entrance animation, set its **Trigger** to **On click**, and number the **Steps** in the order you want them to appear. This click-to-reveal sequencing is unique to Content v2; the original [Content](/using-slide-types/using-the-content-slide) slide plays all of a slide's animations together on slide entry.
## Formatting with Markdown
All text blocks accept **Markdown**: type into the Markdown text area in the Style tab and the canvas renders the output live. Standard syntax works — headings (`#`, `##`), bold (`**text**`), italic (`*text*`), bullet lists (`-`), numbered lists (`1.`), inline code (`` `code` ``), and links (`[label](url)`).
## Using the AI Assistant
Click **Improve with AI** on any selected block to open the AI assistant for that block — it can rewrite, expand, or shorten the block's text based on your instructions. The **Improve** button in the editor header bar opens the AI assistant for the whole slide.
## Adding Audio
Audio is an insertable block. Click **+ Insert**, open the **Media** category (or search *Audio*), and choose **Audio**, then upload your audio file — use it for background music, a voiceover, or a sound effect. You can add a track name as an optional caption.
Once inserted, the audio element behaves like any other block: select it to resize, reposition, or replace it, and use the delete option that appears on hover to remove it.
Adding audio is a paid-plan feature.
## Presenting
When your presentation reaches a Content v2 slide, the canvas fills the presenter screen. Participants viewing on their phones or browsers see the same layout in a read-only view — no response is required.
## Content v2 vs. Content
| | Content v2 | [Content](/using-slide-types/using-the-content-slide) (original) |
| ----------------------- | ------------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------- |
| Authoring model | Structured blocks | Free-floating canvas |
| Layouts | 25+ named templates | None |
| Block types | Text, callouts, visual, media, data | Text, image, GIF, emoji, shape |
| Markdown support | Yes | No |
| AI per-block | Yes | Slide-level only |
| Animation | Entrance effects + on-click step sequencing | Entrance effects (all play on slide enter) |
| Participant interaction | None (display only) | None (display only) |
Use **Content v2** for polished, well-structured slides — cover slides, data callouts, FAQs, or branded layouts. Use the original **Content** slide when you need freeform, pixel-precise drag-and-drop placement.
Content v2 slides aren't currently supported by the AhaSlides MCP `create_slides()` tool. Add them manually in the editor.
## Frequently Asked Questions
Insert a **Timer** block: click **+ Insert**, open the **Media** category (or search *Timer*), and choose **Timer**. With the block selected, set the countdown length using the **minutes** and **seconds** inputs in its **Style** settings. You can also add a **Label** under the digits (e.g. *Coffee break*), change the **When finished** text shown at zero (defaults to *Time's up*), and pick a **Color**.
Turn on **Auto-start when slide opens** to start the countdown as you reach the slide, or leave it off to get a **Start timer** button on the presenting screen — you can **Start**, **Pause**, **Resume**, and **Reset** it while presenting, and it stays in sync on your audience's screens.
The Timer block is a visual countdown only: it doesn't play a sound when it ends, and it's separate from the quiz **Time Limit** setting, which caps how long participants have to answer and locks their responses.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Set up a Correct Order quiz slide
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/using-slide-types/using-the-correct-order-slide
Challenge participants to drag shuffled statements into the correct sequence, with speed-based scoring and no partial credit for near misses.
The Correct Order quiz slide asks participants to place randomized statements in the correct order. A Correct Order slide is a quiz slide type and forms part of a [quiz](/using-slide-types/how-to-make-and-run-a-quiz).
## How It Works
Participants see the question and a row of shuffled statements on their device. They have the time limit you set to drag and drop the statements into what they believe is the correct order, then press **Submit** to lock in their answer.
Correct Order does not support partial scoring. Participants must get every statement in the exact correct order to earn any points — even one misplaced statement results in 0 points.
## Setting Up a Correct Order Slide
In the editor, select **Correct Order** from the **Quiz** section of the slide type picker.
Enter your question or instructions in the **Your question** field.
Under **Statements**, enter up to **7 statements** in the correct order. AhaSlides automatically shuffles them for participants on the presentation canvas.
Scroll down to set the point range and time limit — see Settings below.
For more help on quizzes, see [How to Make and Run a Quiz](/using-slide-types/how-to-make-and-run-a-quiz).
## Settings
Set the maximum and minimum points for the question. With **Faster answers get more points** toggled on (the default), players who answer sooner earn more points within the max–min range.
The time limit in seconds. Defaults to **45 seconds** — adjust it to suit your question.
## Video Tutorial
## Tips for a Good Correct Order Slide
* **Keep the list to 5 items max** — fewer items means less cognitive load and easier dragging on mobile.
* **Make each item distinct** — avoid items that could plausibly swap positions.
* **Use a clear, unambiguous question** — for example, *"Put these steps in the correct order."*
* **Choose a logical sequence type** — chronological events, process steps, or ranked priorities work best.
* **Keep item text concise** — short phrases of 3–7 words are easier to read and drag.
* **Avoid numbering items** — don't write "Step 1: …" in the text, as it gives the answer away.
For scoring mechanics, the leaderboard, and other quiz-wide settings, see [Quiz](/using-slide-types/how-to-make-and-run-a-quiz).
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Build flowcharts with the Diagram slide
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/using-slide-types/using-the-diagram-slide
Build flowcharts, org charts, timelines, and data charts directly inside your presentation — data-driven visuals that update live, no image uploads needed.
The Diagram slide lets you build and display structured visual diagrams — flowcharts, hierarchies, charts, timelines, comparisons, and more — directly inside AhaSlides. Instead of pasting a static screenshot, you define your content in a structured form in the right panel and the diagram renders automatically, with no external tool required.
## What the Diagram Slide Is For
Use a Diagram slide any time you need to show relationships, processes, data, or structure rather than a list of words or a poll result. The slide supports seven diagram types:
* **Process flows and network diagrams** — show how steps or systems connect.
* **Org charts and decision trees** — build hierarchies with nested levels.
* **Bar, column, line, pie, and donut charts** — display labelled numerical data.
* **Timelines, roadmaps, and pyramids** — lay out sequential or layered items.
* **Comparisons** — SWOT analyses, quadrants, binary comparisons.
* **Word clouds** — visualise terms sized by weight.
* **Custom infographics** — write raw AntV syntax for full control.
Unlike a Content slide with a static image, the Diagram slide is data-driven: you enter labels and values in the panel and the visual updates live.
## Diagram Types
| Type | Description | Variants |
| -------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **Relation** | Flow / network diagrams from nodes and edges. Define **Nodes** and **Connections** between them, with an optional edge label. | Flow (left → right), Flow (top → bottom), Flow LR (animated), Flow TB (animated), Circle (progress), Circle (icons), Network |
| **Hierarchy** | Tree with nested children. Define a root node and nest children and grandchildren beneath it. | Radial tree, Tree (top → bottom), Tree (left → right), Tree (right → left), Tree (bottom → top), Tech-style tree |
| **Items** | Flat list or step sequence. Define a list of items, each with a label and an optional description. | Pyramid, Horizontal arrows, Row (icon arrows), Vertical arrows, Grid, Grid (progress), Zigzag (down), Zigzag (up), Sector, Sector (half), Stairs, Timeline, Roadmap, Funnel, Circular, Steps, Snake steps, Pyramid (sequence) |
| **Chart** | Bar, column, line, pie, or donut from labelled values. Define items with a **Label** and a numeric **Value**. | Bar, Column, Line, Pie, Donut |
| **Word Cloud** | Words sized by weight. Define a list of words, each with a numeric **Weight** (minimum 1). | Standard |
| **Compare** | Side-by-side comparison. Define groups of items, each with a label and optional items. Default template is a SWOT analysis. | Quadrant (cards), plus additional binary and hierarchy variants |
| **Advanced** | Hand-write raw AntV infographic markup directly — no Variant dropdown. | — |
The Word Cloud diagram type produces a static, weighted word cloud you configure yourself — it's distinct from the interactive [Word Cloud slide](/using-slide-types/using-the-word-cloud-slide) where participants submit live responses.
## Setting Up Your Diagram Slide
In the editor, click **New slide** and select **Diagram** from the **Content** section of the slide type picker. The slide is labelled **New** in the picker.
In the right panel, open the **Diagram type** dropdown and choose the type that fits your content. The canvas previews the diagram as you switch types.
Open the **Variant** dropdown to choose how the diagram is laid out visually. Visual previews appear in the dropdown to help you pick.
Depending on the type: add nodes and connections (**Relation**), nest child nodes under a root (**Hierarchy**), add items with labels and descriptions (**Items**), add data points with labels and values (**Chart**), add words with weights (**Word Cloud**), add groups and their items (**Compare**), or type AntV syntax directly (**Advanced**).
Use the **Streaming animation** control to animate the diagram when the slide first appears. Options are **Off** (default), **Slow**, **Medium**, and **Fast**.
Type a title in the **Title** field at the top of the right panel, with an optional short description underneath.
## Presenting the Diagram Slide
When you reach a Diagram slide during a presentation, the diagram fills the slide area on the presenter screen. Participants viewing on their devices see the same visual in a read-only format — there is no response or interaction required from the audience on a Diagram slide. If streaming animation is enabled, the diagram animates in when the slide first appears.
The **Improve** AI button in the editor toolbar is also available on Diagram slides — describe the flow or structure you want in natural language and let AI build the initial data, then refine it in the panel.
## Diagram Slide vs. Content Slide
| | Diagram slide | Content slide |
| ----------------------- | ------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------ |
| Source | Data entered in the right panel | Static image upload |
| Editable in editor | Yes — change labels and values | No (re-upload to change) |
| Best for | Flows, trees, charts, timelines, SWOT | Photo, screenshot, infographic |
| Auto-layout | Yes — variant controls layout automatically | No |
| Participant interaction | None (display only) | None (display only) |
## Tips for Effective Diagram Slides
* **Start with the right type** — switching types later resets the content, so pick the right one before filling in items.
* **Use Relation for connected flows; use Hierarchy for trees** — if items have strict parent-child nesting with no cross-links, Hierarchy is simpler to manage.
* **Preview before presenting** — click **Preview** in the editor header to check how the diagram renders at full screen.
* **Use animation sparingly** — streaming animation works best on Relation and Hierarchy types to reveal connections step by step; on dense Charts or Word clouds, Off is usually cleaner.
The Diagram slide is not currently supported by the AhaSlides MCP `create_slides()` tool. Add Diagram slides manually in the editor.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Use the Draw Answer slide
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/using-slide-types/using-the-draw-answer-slide
Draw Answer lets every participant sketch a response on their phone, with each drawing landing on your presenter wall in seconds. No scoring, no leaderboard.
Pick any prompt, silly or serious, and everyone in the room sketches their own take on their phone using simple tools that don't call for artistic talent — pick a colour, adjust the brush, and go. It's built for icebreakers, brainstorms, and casual or classroom moments where the fun is comparing wildly different interpretations of the same prompt, not judging who drew "best."
## How the Draw Answer Slide Works
The drawing prompt lives in the same title field every other AhaSlides slide uses — there's no separate "prompt" field. Whatever you type as the title (for example, "Draw your happy place" or "Sketch our mascot") is what participants see above their canvas.
On their phone, each participant gets a blank canvas with a toolbar underneath it:
* **Pen** — tap any of the preset colour swatches and draw; each swatch is a fixed on-brand colour, so drawings stay legible no matter what theme the presentation is using.
* **Custom colour** — tap the "+" swatch to open the device's own colour picker and draw in any colour, not just the presets.
* **Brush size** — a thin-to-thick slider controls how wide the next stroke paints, for both the pen and the eraser.
* **Eraser** — toggles into an eraser tool: drag over any part of the sketch to remove just that stroke, without wiping the whole canvas. Tapping a colour again switches back to drawing.
* **Undo** — steps back one stroke at a time, so a slip doesn't mean starting over.
* **Clear** — wipes the participant's own in-progress sketch and starts a fresh blank canvas. This is separate from the presenter's "Clear All Drawings" setting below, which resets the whole wall for everyone.
Once they submit, their canvas locks with a checkmark confirmation — there's nothing further to do until the presenter starts a new round or clears the wall.
On your presenter screen, each drawing appears in submission order, labelled with the drawer's name and emoji avatar — or "Anonymous" if they didn't share one.
## Setting Up Your Draw Answer Slide
In the editor, click **New slide** and select **Draw Answer** from the slide type picker.
Type the drawing prompt into the slide's title field, the same way you would for any other slide. Keep it short and visual — easier to draw than to type.
In the settings panel, configure **Multiple submissions** and **Clear all drawings** — see below.
## Settings
Off by default: each participant's first drawing locks in and that's their final answer. Turn this on to let participants draw and resubmit after their first submission.
Wipes every drawing from the presenter wall and re-opens the canvas on every participant's device for a fresh round. This button is disabled when there are no drawings yet, and asks for confirmation before it clears anything.
## Previewing and Presenting
Click **Preview** in the top header to see both the presenter wall and the participant drawing canvas before going live.
When you're ready, click **Present**. Participants join at the access code shown on screen and start drawing.
## Common Use Cases
### Classroom
* **Warm-up** — kick off a lesson with a quick sketch.
* **Comprehension check** — students draw a concept instead of describing it.
* **Language practice** — drawing takes the pressure off spelling.
### Meetings
* **Mood check-in** — the wall shows how the room feels faster than any text answer.
* **Loosen up** the group creatively before a brainstorm.
### Training and Workshops
* **Break the ice** with a room of strangers at the start.
* **Lighten the mood** with a quick knowledge check between formal sections.
### Events
Turn the big screen into a crowd moment — drawings populate live, and watching the wall fill in real time is the payoff.
### Icebreakers
Any low-stakes prompt gets everyone active in under a minute — no prep beyond typing a title.
## What Draw Answer Is Not
* **Not a scored quiz** — there's nothing to grade and no points awarded for a "correct" drawing.
* **Not a gallery or voting experience** — participants don't see or rate each other's drawings; only the presenter's wall shows everyone's submissions together.
* **Not for detailed or precise art** — it's a phone-drawing tool optimised for quick, playful sketches, not fine illustration.
## When Not to Use It
Reach for a different slide type when:
* Answers need to be measured, ranked, or compared — use a **poll**, **rating scale**, or [2×2 Matrix](/using-slide-types/using-the-2x2-matrix-slide) instead.
* The context is formal enough that doodles would undercut the tone.
* The question needs precise, specific text answers rather than a sketch.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# Using the Duck Race Slide in AhaSlides
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/using-slide-types/using-the-duck-race-slide
Duck Race turns everyone into a duck and races them across a pond, crowning a winner purely by luck — nothing is scored and no winner is fixed in advance.
Duck Race is a zero-prep party game for your presentation. Everyone who joins becomes a duck, and when you press **Start** the flock races across a pond at random until one duck crosses the finish line — the winner is pure luck, with nothing scored and no one picked in advance. Players pick their duck's design on their phone before the race. It is AhaSlides' second gamified slide type, after the [Spinner Wheel](/using-slide-types/using-the-spinner-wheel).
## How to run it
1. In the editor, click **New slide** and choose **Duck Race** — it sits in the gamification group with the Spinner Wheel. A new slide is already a complete, playable race.
2. Optionally set the race duration, background music, or scene theme (see the settings below).
3. Turn on audience joining, then click **Present**. Everyone who scans the join code appears as a named duck and can change their duck's design until you start.
4. Press **Start**. The winner is announced on the big screen and on every phone. Use **Race again** for another round, or the participants panel to add or remove a racer between races.
## Settings
How long the race animation runs. The default is **15 seconds**, adjustable from **5 to 60 seconds**.
What the finish screen shows. **Winner only** (default) announces just the winning duck; **Full leaderboard** shows the ranked standings of everyone who raced.
The slide plays an upbeat race track by default. Switch it off for a silent race, or mute it from the race screen while presenting.
Changes the scenery only — a green **meadow** (default), a tropical **lagoon**, a wintry **frozen** scene, or a desert **canyon**.
## Common use cases
* **Random prize draws and giveaways** — every attendee is already a duck, so the pond picks a winner with nothing rigged.
* **Pick a volunteer or the next presenter** fairly, without singling anyone out.
* **Icebreakers and energisers** — a quick, luck-based laugh for a room of any size.
* **Celebrate the group** with a no-stakes shared moment.
## What Duck Race is not
* **Not a scored quiz** — for a graded competition, use a [quiz slide](/using-slide-types/how-to-make-and-run-a-quiz).
* **Not a name spinner** — to spin one pre-entered name or option, use the [Spinner Wheel](/using-slide-types/using-the-spinner-wheel).
* **Not a poll or vote** — to gather opinions, use a [poll](/using-slide-types/creating-a-poll-question-on-ahaslides) or [rating scale](/using-slide-types/how-to-use-rating-scale-slides-on-ahaslides).
## Frequently asked questions
### Does the duck design affect who wins?
No — it is purely cosmetic.
### Do I have to add the racers myself?
No. Everyone who joins is added as a duck automatically.
### Can I change the music or race length?
Yes — both are in the slide's settings (duration 5 to 60 seconds, default 15).
### Is Duck Race free to use?
Yes — it is available on every plan, including the Free plan.
### How many players can join, and how many ducks show at once?
Up to 40 ducks race on the pond at once. In a larger room everyone else still races with the same odds and is shown by name, and the slide stays smooth well past 1,000 participants.
### Can I pick who wins or rig the result?
No. The winner is chosen at random the moment you press **Start** — there is no setting to preselect one.
## Have a question?
Contact our support team — if you're logged in, use the chat bubble in the bottom-right of your dashboard; otherwise [contact us here](https://ahaslides.com/contact-us/) or email [hi@ahaslides.com](mailto:hi@ahaslides.com).
# How to Use the Embed Slide in AhaSlides
Source: https://docs.ahaslides.com/using-slide-types/using-the-embed-slide
The Embed slide brings external tools and websites into your presentation using an embeddable URL or HTML code — YouTube, Google Docs, Miro and more.
With the Embed slide, you can bring many external tools and websites into your AhaSlides presentation using either an embeddable URL or HTML embed code.
Some content can't be embedded because of copyright restrictions and can only be viewed on its original platform.
## 1. Adding a URL or Embed Code
In the Embed slide, enter one of the following into the **URL or Embed code** field.
### URL
Supported URL formats include:
* **YouTube:** `https://youtube.com/watch?v=…` or `https://youtube.com/embed/{videoId}`
* **Google Docs, Sheets, Slides:** the link from **Publish to the web**
* **Miro:** `https://miro.com/app/board/{boardId}`
* **Skoletube:** `https://skoletube.dk/e/{videoId}`
### Embed Code
You can also paste HTML embed code in the form `